Ly ris ue bbe i ’ Da AP Ve A ie sa rei Apt ma eae 7’, a i. 7A? t " 1.9 0 died CM ODA Lee eh oak a % dinate, ee on ‘ ia | Te a ee ih ' Pao peiie wea 1 Peale y rn a ok ee eS : ‘au ate a , 4 ' ry ! ¢ ys Ltd idee dell 4 AP Me ota RCS ; a” A Pi 4 ‘ i fg 1 ee Net ply a pa 4 AEA AT i! Eat Eas ‘ : 5 ; 4 , « rr an aera ON ihe s eureta 7 mal ’ ry « ’ j'ao9 0 Tt Ca RUT el Hit oat Sede dt 41 doit oie w acid pals ‘ 4 ? ' oe Mert of Taya bel toatl Md adialias 8 delian hla, TO Sheers Pye y ye ale j " ' my i Ch en Mv et at ad Ale lW beaaty ndate pee dee ida ytd ee | veil p qs) . ‘ 5 ae elie ‘Meke ‘ i” ue .) ' ‘4 wh Wa aha e y ri ' Mae] ent O.8 fmt acd Vr dea 4 ‘ rare ’ 4\te ett teria ree ‘ f ! “ Mj ' ai’ 1 ia ' “ a Yat 1 rad ) \ ‘ H ' . 4 et, “ ta ate ore w “ J . } i - ' ; \ ) oo ! Shelfy “fu 4.4 ’ dd @ tie’ edad ’ i ‘ AEA " ’ ‘ ~ ia Le ‘ ‘ se i ‘ » ‘ yy i le & “9 te , { yy bs 1 to 8 baat ha gt tae Mt ‘aia: ‘ ' ST a Aa , Nalaiate t ¢ i tab , ayes Q f ) “a 4 A *) : Viah BA | a ey iT i patie Sey ry ar ws ’ amu") ee Pa ae i Wh ae a { i } ,@ ‘ t ads “ f 4 4 vara. ae he ; vata pty “ rag a , Oo ten { ‘3 “an ’ . / , ' Ae) they yalks r aw ir ea ae ae ty od an herds P Ces f ‘ » 2° Pd wd 4a He ' "fieol ’ i i} Mi « ' : , d ' ° ons ny Bes] yk ur we yey VOU he yaie aly, Von). ay ie a. dda oS dad ; 41) rt on bi i ) be 4 ‘ ’ / ’ ‘ ey ee ei gilar , ; > rep i 1 , yd ave ' * “aa wa “* § y. A i 4 : \ ey : a . Leary ’ i ’ i 4 ' 4 $e Sis 'y f ae r 5 rite pute : ) Ba ’ “ a ‘ vate } ie Me } ce4 : sy shiasad vite han “ ‘ ' i , . ‘ 4 { 3 | Pia - t i i i pe att ‘ ‘ : 7 ’ 5 i . 8 , ‘ ' \ Pere suatpees por Can Lyall ‘ ‘ ' ab egal sti dade A i Ae iM. vga) (aide pei rey had r C67 thy gas 1 iil d) ays hay 1 1 vine! pe ag us ie tet Peet bs ie ; lated at rine ise of U CTBT a EME RR BLE ‘ Breer hor ie tne “ ; ‘ PSR DHE } bth te +A Pa ieee ‘ Meta Gde Letee wee Tubal tsk tit q yi We terry ‘ HART ob. tha ol yt eH Abs eheguity Pcie } Ld aad) eae Td Ait , DP Ee Wb Tk peer 9 § ’ Paetiei te 1s ve , 102 aA TAB 26 Bh sig i 4) 2 vEG 4 eye ve, . ‘ Dubois ie WAP Galen ae Ay har Cif" org en well 1445 pened i bi Sah etek ney poate has casey tht day Sateen A i ' Lh Setin tegen tala hae NR 91 stop Gar O40 0, PLM aul eb ky OWN unas 0 PUP 4s oan) Lit dais theag eg Serr aed oy ‘ rte cd : mind ue Leeadep 7 aS it a $key Mtl ee ert omc eqary Pu / ey Mai Had linteds MS aw hen peewee >) 4 "abana at aA Vide a iad ene - dey he IF he “5% rll ba bal tbe Th] J WEL Pee See PU meer oc. eee re 2 Us PA ete torittasete) taataaty 4 ' ' he 6 qe er J 1 hy aay on SLEW RY URC cre! WAM BEE nye sile: PAPE PLA, | a ny ; ay | wing Vu tly POAT US Shar yey ee fl ‘ \ t] ' j lcs eee ee al « ket tae! de Wad he 6 sip ad ebb pete ue 4 Vivo domi h je Dpide aah) od 4 ' j A i hw aie Ns 4 ‘ } { 2; fidgse tka} 4 eet bt ve ' alts ‘ L ifet yee VWopsrmeli ges 'y yh yaa snes eet ie! pl adi drs ane anedy td Ub pati ’ stat i APL, : ere APLC Tg ye shiny TAs ai ha: Sresu wing hel i Ad \ Ji Ve ted vaiau \fanel wee ootel tay eae = J. ar ¥ 9 5 9 ‘ ' Wie ing be paige r Wir Sada 14 een w atte bore tiv ry inset - ; - zA% a Wi age en Pu eee Strehetae phI pe 1Pk We ety oo” . Pict 6 * ‘ Pei w deeded! iby eergetng MP ati nd ve 207545 re ee) PH) ey ag oie fm Pe ta hy ] \ PURO EL EL ec pet see teuele Pe Te wath ISH FI Sip-ses * a a ; ts jaee or Haruelee a rit Pe We bh Rhee he hea ee , - Wotie Fat yp MTD AN Groat e Paddy ped Oo bey eee Uy itee - hd cts a) 3 L4y UD ed oem (hey Pah ef oda ures hemos rte ped int tate ~ ea iiss nae 4 ‘ Ged tT wey Sart ph aan Wody Mhii5 6: we rity Hah of Hp ebnrel ; o 4 ‘ ee [ida ‘ : NRE deity oof Hohe fen hit bpp br ee bea Fad uD MT bee Fi fang wh beiy nT ayy ‘ , Dal ae a ee ea ee | Bhielah! 3/135 | 4 Bess L Pot de aecee ‘ hate -29* pe gphies! ' . 4g Di Pap snen Pate ee UU tA Pe) , “Maaihiea ath ote 4 $4444 6 qos boy ogy a) a ’ . j Ue ties RV EUC eae ep wu Phos a peihy ea De cee a PMO 4 eehaa +a “ eee et i en ed ‘ - ‘ ‘ FONT Mat ih hoghed d Pheeb beige esate ibe wehbe ob i*} ibe Due | uel Pv ee peg > pay OF ae aay homens Hee iihe pene " { i a) baat PUT Rar. OR Mea Tibet OEM bhai TL hy bel his TU ree | Ap otet Pel hel Oh gs 4! Ht SCrdel we mentded ita) Aad teh bh Poey Meee MCR tT VO ag it! eine Aidaans a Praleks " whe teed Mall ase rm ody Mat tyegs ' : ! Monson ded abailspadan leo “spt Head Te oi tha ey Wied sriqnee eC oe oA Viner sedane Horny sy PTs ay had vetleg # Tn pear rr eet ‘aa Ont DoMAN Wi sis Gin at mal . Pte g shape Laken ae stony NN God ok od he daa hather te ye yer yd wey Yay MAYEN SO age poh , OLegues Coen ECD Hesse iin pry PNAS LIUCL ALON US CUES Perlis poet SO He Mb tt eet «Glade Ysa Pe Ut hoe Wy 4 be | , A Wiehe Ne ALO Le) Boat ik Misr sit) MWe “3:0 RP Re 49, ad Woe ye 4 ’ [ dO Niebuted ohat Pi de cme tye ear be tone Py hes Od Ah 0g, 0 tertlegih 4 qu ordath: f He pte WA De tore) oti ee, ye eek LOH Ame O18 bl -R ated Ni Gabel ors ietiatet ye eas ya Se HH ow ae « Ane lom i os Aye Chk load | * ars rete Tei, wow fis birt a Test chy Hete f mea WO ThMy yah Wht hada kee tat aa gall Hoth dignity Dent Ske Pd fod oh babel de 4 th tye ai Ha Ah teahda Bil ie moh + 7 Dapeng vi thee i ee hans via bhi an Ai diay ae Teehe tec rT Pra ia) Wipe they de ey eee a] Ce 7 path sy A) dee Ah age ney is ia set H Photo MW Wedel odds af re es ation ter PMT) 6) OD peda edey Mba iN sib AU 6 2 ei ont the aa 018 9 4 He Heme Metheded egal a sl AW wri ee) we wtet fy Sit cae Date / nie fatiny Cees crt ai f 4 Aap) on Al 6 oye chr re piee searatr’ arta, Wile dvbas Clot ce Nsbeld i See ee ee} bee BY Dee ey ara t. hadi de ey Laat Brio eT A at We Ho batey a | i halaman eat Ph aed ed wk de ewe SE te ta oie an ssiectit cs ied. ‘ Mh ae Rrrnun ae Losi seleed Cre rere Pein as 1+ To apa Ndhhed +a adidas ad ed ety 6. 9% +4 abst 4 ee Pia ih Lee WA Act lusdales! Wy tts “a, Het peste tte Aalt sen a aa sitsit head . ye hoy Hae geld hg i" {1 st u A HN ts + oe He S74 00 hae SWE: eee pein Peotone A det awe ng ite | pia tate ceoary 8 ee be eh Prey ST rath Fy Lp sar Bh Fog , Ant ae es yA Sahat, woe 2 rer tt ee peng f Nh de alae aegis Oe ee Lied y V4 ae tetas hh 1) ad Ned ad Ne I> Se "Neh UIA 32s y Pe) ated! © _ 4 s t : ~ iN ed Ned Ny LW SEIS | y | | ‘ | | ‘| | h /\ | | a ee j r 4 a Cok \y hy) [SN Nd hd Hee SE ece MS as IAAI) Viele vty } he oo IS eg | SUSE SSS Fe SS, see erences ee roy Sees sts MSS) NG) ; , AF Oh Vly’ Need! AAA AA Ae MU viv govweveus oe WAN Ne LANs NEE AAS setae MMEESBERK \ wi { Ao zh ASAI IASY ih SS 4] Ly Uy AS | LN We) be/ WY) he bed be le/ly i] aes =< a3 al a ) \) 5 “ | a CERI JS COU SE SY AN A J | j — BUCY AA ws Vive 4 ee wvuT Www | 4 ~~; i f} | yi 4i\ vi | IIA WORE) Wd JA rs wy Ww) WIV IVS SR, GIGS wy Wu VV i MAN | Voy’ OOS YYW BI WhAdlw v Y / Ls iy A’, ts ; < jar , 574.0673 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Biological Society of Washington VOLUME 36 1975 WASHINGTON PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS — ety CHAS. W. RICHMOND, Chairman _ T. E. SNYDER ble OF. CL i GS) OT LGB, Re va ee ee srt ‘Press OF ) H. L. & J. B. McQuzen, Inc. © WasHINeTON, D. C. i OFFICERS AND COUNCIL OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FOR 1923 (ELECTED DECEMBER 9, 1922) OFFICERS President A. S. HITCHCOCK Vice-Presidenis J. W. GIDLEY ; E. A. GOLDMAN S. A. ROHWER H. C. OBERHOLSER Recording Secretary S. F. BLAKE Corresponding Secretary T. E. SNYDER Treasurer F. C. LINCOLN COUNCIL PAUL BARTSCH* H. H. T. JACKSON C. E. CHAMBLISS F. A. LUCAS* FREDERICK V. COVILLE* WILLIAM R. MAXON WILLIAM H. DALL* C. HART MERRIAM* B. W. EVERMANN* K. W. NELSON* Oo. (FULLER T. S. PALMER* WP. HAY* J. N. ROSE* A. D. HOPKINS* H. M. SMITH* L. O. HOWARD* L. STEJNEGER* FRANK H. KNOWLTON* DAVID WHITE* A. WETMORE 4 STANDING COMMITTEES—1923 Committee on Communications E. A. Gotpman, Chairman C. E. CHAMBLISS H. EK. Ewine H. C. OBERHOLSER W. R. Maxon S. A. RoHwEr Committee on Zoological Nomenclature G. S. Miuimr, Jr., Chairman Paut BartTscuH S. A. RoHwEeR EK. A. Cuapin H. C. OBERHOLSER Committee on Publications Cuas. W. Ricumonp, Chairman T. E. SNYDER Je dan) ey : F. C. Linco.tn *Ex-Presidents of the Society. (iil) (iv) EX-PRESIDENTS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON *THEopoRE N. Ginn, 1881, 1882 . *CHARLES A. WHITE, 18838, 1884 *G. Brown Goong, 1885, 1886 WiiuiamM H. Dati, 1887, 1888 *Lester F. Warp, 1889, 1890 C. Hart Merriam, 1891, 1892 *C. V. Rinuey, 18938, 1894 *Gro. M. STERNBERG, 1895, 1896 L. O. Howarp, 1897, 1898 FREDERICK V. CoviLLE, 1899, 1900 F. A. Lucas, 1901, 1902 B. W. Evermann, 1903, 1904 F. H. KnowutTon, 1905, 1906 L. StrsnEGHR, 1907, 1908 T. S. Patmer, 1909, 1910 Davin Waite, 1911 EK. W. Newson, 1912, 1913 Pavut Bartscu, 1914, 1915 W. P. Hay, 1916, 1917 J. N. Ross, 1918 Hues M. Smiru, 1919 A. D. Horxins, 1920 N. Houuister, 1921 VERNON Battey, 1922 * Deceased. TABLE OF CONTENTS Punmecrs) and Commitices/ for 19232... ill Reems SOT EO ee aay ae | a oe ee vii-—x1 Publication Standards in Vertebrate Palaeontology, by Henry 1 PALE SIG CUS! (V0 9 MMA BRE ACUI ee See ieee Yet) net eS UeNar pa | Jett ae ei nel rene ae 1-6 Records of Fishes for the Southern States, by Henry W. Fowler 7-34 A Synopsis of the Genus Arremonops, by W. E. Clyde Todd_....... 35-44 A New Species of Otiocerus (Homoptera; Fulgoridae), by W. L. LES TNS ES MAR Ms) ROY Mae Ae |e Nee ane oN HY 45-48 A New Dryopteris from Dominica, by William R. Maxon__._..._... 49-50 Three New Composites from Bolivia, by S. F. Blake... 51-54 The Pampa Fox of the Bogota Savanna, by Glover M. Allen... 55-58 Status of Spermophila schistacea Lawrence, by Thomas E. PLA OIE Ae TES OR ETC EA TDs ROOVEC SURO a | cP aR sec Sa BN ae 59-62 A New Flycatcher from Surinam, by Thomas E. Penard........ 63-64 An Analysis of ‘‘Dromia dormia (Linnaeus),’”’ by Mary J. TES TOUT 2 0s AES ARES A ISSIR oi Bad Ck OO) VE AVE RO ec 7 RE ee 65-70 New Species of American Spider Crabs, by Mary J. Rathbun 71-74 Some Unrecorded Names in the Muricidae, by William H. Dall 75-78 Food Habits of Callisaurus ventralis ventralis (Hallowell), by Raper ere a NaC UN LM 79-82 Food Habits of Crytaphytus collaris baileyi (Stejneger), by oe DET 1a) SY) Sn ET ee Carn 7201 8 A) 83-84 The Food Habits of Cnemidophorus tessellatus tessellatus (Say), preemie nett). Prae lee 824) bh hd 5 il SO he EO 85-90 Two New Species of Calamaria from Borneo, by Doris M. Boenran HE ASSL SAS WOM EO 218 Sy ARIS, Ris WR aD 91-92 A New Species of Eleutherodactylus from the Dominican Re- panes WOoris IM Oocliram. iy oT ee 93-94 Additions to our Knowledge of Shipworms, by Paul Bartsch...... 95-102 Mammals of the District of Columbia, by Vernon Bailey... 103-1388 Three New Kangaroo Rats of the Genus Dipodomys, by E. A. OF ELE Su 2 CN SIG NG SOR Las a nd ae OPA OC a 139-142 New Genera and Subspecies based on Argentine Birds, by Alexander Wetmore and James L. Peters................2.22.--.------- 143-146 New Marine Tanaid and Isopod Crustacea, by Pearl Lee Boone 147-156 Descriptions of Two New Rodents of the Genus Phenacomys, Seraermmibrancr Howells toy 157-158 A New Pocket Mouse from Lower California, by E. W. Nelson SUA En GAS CSG T1001 1 ae gO Ra a a ea 159-160 Further Notes on Names of Emesinae and Other Rhynchota, by Mea Wecmree arid de. (ey MaOen 2s 161-164 (v) v1 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Two Diplopod Immigrants taken at Honolulu, by Ralph V. Cnarmabper inna oN NON AE CE SCoPE ed Ne ce eee a 165-168 Occasional Notes on Old World Ferns,—I, by William R. Maxon 169-178 A New Gymnocoronis from Mexico, by 8. F. Blake... 179-180 New or Noteworthy Species of Plants from Utah and Nevada, by Lyar Widestromay 3) si aa WU NE NSUOL a eee ane BLN OA 181-184 Some Snakes from Northwestern Peru, by Emmett Reid Dunn 185-188 A New Cryptodesmoid Milliped from Santo Domingo, by Ralph Wis Che ral eri seh ees a De OR vee ea eee 189-190 An Algerian Julid in America, by Ralph V. Chamberlin........... 191-192 Description of a New Pycnonotus from China, by J. H. Riley 198-194 New Species of Grasses from South America, by A. 8. Hitch- elas a ae OI AES Deal Oo Se NE LG 0 OnE nen Ge 195-198 General Notes 212022 YoOh ci Ine iN RE UNDn alee iia ele! re ers uc Une ae 199-202 New Molluskan Names, by Truman H. Aldrich, 199; Steno- morph, a New Term in Taxonomy, by Paul Bartsch, 199; New Botanical Names, by S. F. Blake, 200; A Note on the Food Habits of the Sharp-tailed Grouse (Pedioecetes p. campestris, by Frederick C. Lincoln, 200; Groteinae a New Subfamily, by Henry L. Viereck, 201; Chloronerpes Swain- son versus Piculus Spix, by Harry C. Oberholser, 201-202. The Committee on Publications declares that each paper of this volume was distributed on the date indicated on its initial page. The Index, title page, and minutes of meetings for 1923 (pp. i-xi; 203-208) were issued on February 21, 1924. HRRATA Page 68, lines 13, 21 and 23, for Edmonston read Edmondson. Page 187, for Pseudopareas vagrans read Pseudopareas vagrans. Vol, 36, pp. vii-xi PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON PROCEEDINGS. The Society meets from October to May, on alternate Satur- days, at 8 p. m. All meetings during 1923 were held in the new lecture hall of the Cosmos Club, except No. 647, held in the auditorium of the National Museum, and a special meeting, No. 650, held in the auditorium of the Interior Department. January 6, 1923—645th Meeting.! President A. 8. Hitchcock in the chair; 75 persons present. The President announced the membership of the Committee on Communications as follows: E. A. Goldman, Chairman; C. E. Chambliss, H. E. Ewing, W. R. Maxon, H. C. Oberholser, S. A. Rohwer. He also announced the membership of the Committee on Zoological Nomenclature as follows: G. S. Miller, Jr., Chairman; P. Bartsch, 8. A. Rohwer. Informal communication: E. A. Goldman, Symposium on > geographical distribution at the Cambridge meeting of the A. A. A. S. Formal communications: E. J. Reinhard, Notes on the life history and habits of the solitary wasp, Philanthus gibbosus; V. Bailey, Beaver habits and beaver farming. January 20, 1923—646th Meeting.’ President Hitchcock in the chair; 83 persons present. New member elected: Afranio do Amaral. Informal communications: L. O. Howard, A new case of phoresie between a proctotrypid parasite and a coreid bug; 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 234, June 4, 1923. 2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 234-235, June 4, 1923. (vii) vill Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Pearl L. Boone, Early flowering of plants near Hyattsville, Md. | Formal communications: H. M. Albright, Protecting native wild life in Yellowstone National Park; F. R. Lillie, The prob- lem of the sex hormones. February 3, 1923—647th Meeting.! Joint meeting with the Washington Academy of Sciences and affiliated societies, in commemoration of the centenary of S. F. Baird, with the following speakers: W. H. Dall, D. 8. Jordan, Edwin Linton, C. H. Merriam, C. D. Walcott. February 17, 1923—648th Meeting.” President Hitchcock in the chair; 91 persons present. The President announced the appointment of EH. A. Chapin and H. C. Oberholser as additional members of the Committee on Zoological Nomenclature. New member: R. C. Shannon. Informal communications: M. B. Waite, An article in the Geographical Journal on the ascent of Mt. Kilimanjaro; L. O. Howard, A new biological society, The Japanese Beetle Club of Riverton, N. J.; T. S. Palmer, Death of B. E. Fernow. Formal communications: H. L. Shantz, Plant and animal life in Africa; H. 8. Bernton, Biological aspects of hay fever. March 3, 1923—649th Meeting.® President Hitchcock in the chair; 54 persons present. New member: Anna E. Jenkins. Informal communications: R. W. Shufeldt, Work of the Brit- ish Royal Society for the Protection of Birds, and exhibition of J. A. Leach’s “Australian Nature Studies”; H. M. Smith, Flowering of Cercis. Formal communications: F. V. Coville, The effect of alumi- num sulphate on rhododendron seedlings; Perley Spaulding, The biology of Pinus strobus; J. M. Aldrich, The Canadian life zone as indicated by insect distribution; H. C. Oberholser, Notes on birds of the District of Columbia. 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 235, June 4, 1923. 2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 235-236, June 4, 1923. sAbstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 286-237, June 4, 1923. Proceedings. ix March 14, 1923—650th Meeting.’ A special joint meeting with the Washington Academy of Sciences, the Geological Society, and the Botanical Society, devoted to a symposium on the fossil swamp deposits at the Hotel Walker site.’ Formal communications: C. K. Wentworth, The geologic relations; Edgar Brown, Seeds and other plant remains; EK. W. Berry, The plant remains and their significance; Albert Mann, The remarkable fresh water diatom flora from the swamp de- posit, and its significance; Lawrence La Forge, The physio- graphic relations of the swamp deposit. March 17, 1923—651st Meeting.’ President Hitchcock in the chair; 88 persons present. New members: W. H. Cheesman, C. P. Hartley. Informal communications: R. W. Shufeldt, Note on “Nature Magazine’”’; V. Bailey, Travels of Prince Maximilian in North America. . Formal communications: J. C. Merriam, The cats of Rancho La Brea; F. A. McClure, Observations of a plant collector on the island of Hainan. March 31, 1923—652d Meeting.‘ President Hitchcock in the chair; 112 persons present. New member; H. C. Skeels. Informal communications: R. W. Shufeldt, Exhibition of a squalling bullfrog; Pearl L. Boone, A new fossil deposit near Weems, Va.; 8. F. Blake, Observation of a belled turkey buz- zard. Formal communications: C. A. Reed, Biological observations in China; C. W. Stiles, Brother Bryan’s revolution against evolution. 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 237, June 4, 1923. 2These remarks, in detail, are published in the Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 14, No. 1, Jan. 4, 1924, pp. 1-41. 3Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 237-238, June 4, 1923. 4Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 372, October 4, 1923. ¥ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. April 14, 1923—653d Meeting.! President Hitchcock in the chair; 69 persons present. Formal communications: Mrs. C. D. Walcott, Wild Flowers of the Canadian Rockies; Albert Mann, The Usefulness of diatoms. | April 28, 1923—654th Meeting.’ President Hitchcock in the chair; 38 persons present. New members: Carlyle Carr, K. McL. Smoot, Percy Viosca, Jie | Informal communications: A. D. Hopkins, Note on belled turkey buzzards. Formal communications: Agnes Chase, Hunting types of | plants in European herbaria; 8. P. Baldwin, Bird banding— a new method of bird study. May 12, 1923—655th Meeting.® President Hitchcock in the chair; 52 persons present. Informal communications: R. W. Shufeldt, Exhibition of lan- tern slides of a gorilla in the National Museum Formal communications: E. T. Wherry, Studies of plant dis- tribution in relation to soil acidity; E. A. Goldman, The deer of the Grand Canyon National Game Preserve. November 10, 1923—656th Meeting.* Vice-President J. W. Gidley in the chair; 103 persons present. Formal communications: W. B. Greeley, The relation of National Forest management to wild life; L. O. Howard, A recent visit to certain European centers. November 24, 1923—657th Meeting.° Vice-President H. C. Oberholser in the chair; 44 persons present. 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 372-373, October 4, 1923. 2Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 378-374, October 4, 1923. 3Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, p. 374, October 4, 1923. 4Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 14, p. 59-60, January 19, 1924. 5 Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 14, p. 60-62, January 19, 1924. Proceedings. xi New members: Harry Harris, Edward Elliott, Mrs. Edward Elliott, A. G. Johnson. Informal communications: E. A. Goldman, Observation of a California condor; L. O. Howard, Note on a lecture on metallic colors by Prof. Wilder Bancroft; F. C. Lincoln, Notes on returns from banded birds. Formal communications: C. W. Stiles, Underground move- ments of bacteria; Frank Bond, Reproduction in paintings of the metallic feathers of birds, with exhibition of paintings of hummingbirds. December 8, 1923—658th Meeting.! Forty-FouRtTH ANNUAL MEETING. Vice-President E. A. Goldman in the chair; 16 persons pres- ent. Reports were received from the Recording and Correspond- ing Secretaries, the Treasurer, and the Committee on Publica- tions. The following officers and members of the Council were elected: President, J. W. Gidley. Vice-Presidents, 8S. A. Rohwer, H. C. Oberholser, E. A. Gold- man, A. Wetmore. Recording Secretary, 8S. F. Blake. Corresponding Secretary, T. E. Snyder. Treasurer, F. C. Lincoln. Members of the Council, C. E. Chambliss, H. C. Fuller, H. H. T. Jackson, W. R. Maxon, C. W. Stiles. 1Abstract in Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 14, p. 62, January 19, 1924. . Vol. 36, pp. 1-6 February 3, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON PUBLICATION STANDARDS IN VERTEBRATE PALHONTOLOGY. BY HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN. AMERICAN STANDARDS OF PUBLICATION. The founders of Vertebrate Paleontology in America, Leidy, Marsh, and Cope, fortunately set a high and uniform standard in publishing the taxonomic divisions of species, genera, and the higher grades. Leidy published uniformly in the Proceedings and Journals of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia, chiefly in the form of written reports of his verbal com- munications to the regular meetings of the Academy.t. Marsh published uniformly in the American Journal of Science and Arts, which, since its foundation by Benjamin Silliman, has enjoyed a world-wide reputation and distribution. He pub- lished some of his higher taxonomic divisions in the Memoirs ODONTORNITHES and DinoceraTa of King’s Survey of the Fortieth Parallel. Cope’s systematic lists and contributions were much more widely scattered? but chiefly appeared in the Proceedings and Transactions of the American Philosophical Society and in the Reports of Hayden’s Survey of the Territories and of Wheeler’s Survey; also subsequently in the publications of the Geological Survey of Canada for the period during which he was Paleontologist. During his editorial period of the American Naturalist, from 1877 to 1897, he used this Journal widely; and during the very active period of his exploration of 1Osborn, H. F. ‘Biographical Memoir of Joseph Leidy 1823-1891,’ Nat. Acad. Sci. Biog. Mems., Vol. VII, pp. 339-370, with Bibliography, pp. 370-396, 1913. 2Osborn, H. F. “Biographical Memoir of Edward Drinker Cope 1840-1897.’ With Bibliography revised by Miss Jannette M. Lucas from manuscript of Miss M. A. Brown, with scientific annotations by Dr. William D. Matthew (vertebrate paleontology) and by Mr. Walter B. Veazie (herpetology). In preparation. ° 1—Proc, Biot, Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (1) 2 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. the Eocene of the Bridger, Washakie, and Wasatch basins, he used the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, issuing forty Bulletins, which were brought together, printed, and dated in advance of the regular Proceedings—dates which formed the subject of a dispute between Marsh and himself. . Bulletin No. 12, entitled ‘‘On Some Eocene Mammals, Obtained by Hayden’s Geological Survey of 1872 . . . (Read before the American Philosophical Society, —........ , 1873.)”’ was issued in the same way but was not included in a subsequent printing of the Proceedings. Cope, to the despair of editors, of proof- readers, and of the succeeding generation of systematists, on two occasions published specific names in the explanation of plates, where certainly no one would look for them. These, however, seem to be the glaring exceptions to an otherwise regular prac- tice. Scott and Osborn, of the next generation, began publishing in the Bulletins of the E. M. Museum of Geology and Archzol- ogy of Princeton College, in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, and in the Bulletins of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge. Scott has continued to publish in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, and Osborn since 1892 has been publishing uniformly in the Bulletins and Memoirs of the American Museum of Natural History. All the media of publication above named have had a large circulation and a world-wide distribution, so that it may be said that the uniform and high standard originally set by vertebrate paleontologists has been maintained to the present day. With the multiplication of publications by museums as well as by universities in various parts of our country, it is desirable to agree as to future standards of world-wide distribution and accessibility, also of printing on permanent paper in permanent form, with illustrations printed on permanent paper rather than on the temporary coated paper so often used nowadays. EUROPEAN STANDARDS OF PUBLICATION. In connection with a complete revision of the Proboscidea, on which the present writer has been especially engaged during the past three years, in pursuance of researches begun in the Osborn—Publication Standards in Vertebrate Paleontology. 3 year 1907,! it has been necessary to consult upwards of 500 titles, certain of which could not be found in any ‘American library. It appears that in the order Proboscidea all systematic genera and species since 1735 have been published either in the regular or special publications of learned societies, or in serial] journals, or in standard memoirs, or in volumes regularly placed on sale, such, for example, as the successive editions of Blumenbach’s ‘‘Handbuch der Naturgeschichte.’’ In this manner a total of 276 species and 53 genera of the Proboscidea alone have been described, and there is thus the precedent of nearly two centuries in the Old World and of nearly three- quarters of a century in the New World for the publication of systematic lists in a manner which will be permanent. STANDARDS OF PUBLICATION IN Books AND BROCHURES. While the International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature is very positive in the matter of publication and priority, it does not declare itself expressly as to standard media of pub- lication, except in repeated reference to “‘serials.’’ As to the standards which must be observed in publications other than serials, we may quote from a letter recently received from C. Davies Sherborn, author of the Index Animalium, since 1896 a member of the British Association Committee on Zoological Bibliography and Publication, and acknowledged to be the highest authority in the world to-day in a field to which he has devoted the best part of a lifetime. He writes (letter December 2, 1922): : ““Privately printed and privately issued books are not valid. [Italics our own.| .To be valid must have publishers name upon them (& should have a price). Public sale is the essential test. Exception should be made to those works issued by Public Institutions for Exchange or wide distribu- tion, e. g. Smithsonian and similar Inst. In old days the case was different. Pallas’ Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. 1811 was issued (owing to internal troubles) by the author to a score of the first naturalists of Europe, & as this was the only then means of making it known, the work should be accepted. Per- sonally it is my business to record & tell you where a G. or sp. is to be found, but if and when I quote from a privately printed book I mark the entry (Auct. Typ.) In this connection, I would bar all newspapers, even ‘Nature’ and ‘Science’ for new Generic or specific names. But here you - are at once confronted with the question What is a newspaper?”’ 1Osborn, H. F. ‘A Mounted Skeleton of the Columbian Mammoth (Elephas columb!).” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIII, Art. XII, Mar. 30, 1907, pp. 255-257. 4 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. A letter dated August 21, 1922, from Dr. F. A. Bather of the British Museum and Secretary of the British Association Com- mittee on Zoological Bibliography and Publication declares the same standard: “T think I may venture to write as Secretary of the British Association Committee on Zoological Bibliography and Publication, since my committee discussed this question some 25 years ago and has always been in emphatic agreement on the subject. Also as a member of the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, I am able to say that the Commission fully agrees with the attitude and proposals of the British Association Committee. I fully agree with you in rejecting [referring to a privately printed and issued paper] because it is to all appearances issued privately and bears no place of publication, no pub- lishers name, and no price; in other words the presumption is that the pamphlet (and consequently the names within it) is not published. [Italics our own.] The rules of the International Commission on Zoological Pub- lication say (Article 25): ‘the valid name of the genus or species can only be that name under which it was first designated on the condition; (a) that this name was published etc.’ The question arises, what is meant by publi- cation? This has often been discussed, and the general conclusion is well summarised by Sherborn ‘Index Animalium,’ vol. I, p. vi, where he defines it as ‘Offered for public sale or public distribution.’ The words ‘public distribution’ are necessary, because if it were limited to ‘public sale’ many valuable works issued by the Smithsonian Institution and the United States Government would, I am informed, be excluded, since they are not sold at a price.”’ Professor C. W. Stiles, Secretary of the International Com- mission on Zoological Nomenclature, Washington, D. C., adopts the same standard (letter September 12, 1922): “Tt is difficult for me to judge the case without having the paper and without knowing whether it is on sale. My idea would be that a paper must be generally accessible to the public; if privately distributed, and not on sale, it would not be publication, so far as I see. If actually on sale, it would appear to have the same status as a book. New names in books are accepted. For instance, the standard works of 1808, 1809, 1810, 1819, 1845, 1850 and 1851, on parasites are books and their published status has never been questioned. Linné, 1758, Systema naturae is a book, not a periodical. A book or paper, privately distributed, hence not on sale, I would ignore entirely, in respect to nomenclature.”’ [Italics our own.] Also Dr. Theo. D. A. Cockerell of the University of Colorado (letter August 27, 1922) maintains the same standard: ‘‘On the other hand the rules require,—and I think very properly—that a work shall be placed on sale. It is obvious that if any one is at liberty Osborn—Publication Standards in Vertebrate Paleontology. 5 to print a few copies of a work, and send them only to his friends, there is no publication in the genuine sense of the word. A scientific work, to be published, must be available to any one who is willing to purchase it at the published price. We may some day have to require that that price shall not be exorbitant.” The standard form of publication in vertebrate paleontology in America is in serials. Privately issued brochures and books are without precedent; they do not constitute publication, unless placed on sale. They are not a standard. The serial form of publication is the only one which meets modern condi- tions and the present world-wide expansion of vertebrate paleontology. STANDARDS OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCE- MENT OF SCIENCE. The Committee of the British Association on Zoological Bibliography and Publication, Dr. F. A. Bather, Secretary, issued (London, 1896) the following seven rules: ““(1) That each part of a serial publication should have the date of actual publication, as near as may be, printed on the wrapper, and when possible, on the last sheet sent to press. (2) That authors’ separate copies should be issued with the original pagination and plate-numbers clearly indicated on each page and plate, and with a reference to the original place of publi- cation. (3) That authors’ separate copies should not be distributed privately before the paper has been published in the regular manner. 4. That it is desirable to express the subject of one’s paper in its title, while keeping the title as concise as possible. 5. That new species should be properly diagnosed and figured when possible. 6. That new names should not be proposed in irrelevant footnotes, or anonymous paragraphs. 7. That references to previous publications should be made fully and correctly, if possible in accordance with one of the recognized sets of rules for quota- tion, such as that recently adopted by the French Zoological Society.”’ These rules were distributed for comment and discussion and elicited the following supplementary rule (Toronto, 1897) regarding sale and distribution: ““In cases where a volume or part can only appear at long intervals, each author that requires separate copies of his paper for private distribution before its publication in the volume or part should be permitted them only on this condition—that, for every month before the probable issue of the volume, a certain number of copies—say five—should be placed by him in the hands of the society or its accredited publisher, in order that they may be offered for sale to the public at a fixed price. Further, that the society, 6 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. for.its part, should announce the publication, with price and agent, of their papers to some recognized office, or to some such paper as the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger.’ The details of expense must be settled between the author and the society.” Subsequent reports of the same Committee have been issued, namely, Newcastle, 1916, London, 1920, Edinburgh, 1921, full of valuable matter to zoologists, bibliographers, and publishers, copies of which have been kindly furnished the present writer by Dr. F. A. Bather of the British Museum. PUBLICATION IN JOURNALS AND NEWSPAPERS NOT STANDARD. The British authorities tacitly or openly strictly advise against such publication even in standard journals like “Nature” or ““Science.’’ New lists of systematic description should be issued where scientific workers the world over may expect to find them and not in a casual way. Thisisa natural right. It is also a natural right that new names should be accompanied by figures. It is also essential that names, descriptions, and figures should be printed on permanent paper which will last for centuries. It is finally essential that prompt or immediate distribution of not less than four hundred copies should be made of the serial or of the reprints. This is the standard circula- tion of scientific publications at the present time. Permanence both of the text paper and of the plate paper on which text figures appear is a new standard of the utmost importance affecting publication under modern conditions of wood pulp and glazed papers which have replaced the permanent rag papers of early writers. The beauty and clearness of both the plates and text in such ancient works as those of Blumen- bach (‘Handbuch der Naturgeschichte’”’?) and of Cuvier (‘““Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles,’”’ editions of 1812, 1821-1824, 1834-1836) show the great advantage of using permanent plate and printing materials. Imagine the condition of zoology one hundred years hence if the printing of new species in an afternoon edition of a newspaper, which crumbles to dust in a few months, were permitted. | American Museum Natural History, New York City, December 21, 1922. T- 06 43 Vol. 36, pp. 7-34 - March 28, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF Mc Dk hay MAR 26 1938 RECORDS ee SHES FOR THE SOUTHERN STATES. STON aL mysez | i a - ho / Oy oy 4 De wy Pf - Sia BY HENRY W. FOWLER.! In studying the fishes in the Academy contained in the general series from our Southern States I had occasion to examine all the materials available. Among the older collections are a number of smaller lots of material, most of which had never been reported. Several recent collections are also included. The source of each lot of material, or collection, is mentioned under the different captions pertaining to the respective State. In the case of North Carolina, Florida and Tennessee, as bibliographies have been given by more recent contributors, I have only noted the subsequent papers dealing more particu- larly with distribution. The same limit has been used for the other States, in which no lists of papers have ever been given. It is therefore hoped that the data, thus presented in this con- densed manner, will be of future service in work on the southern ichthy fauna. VIRGINIA. These collections are contributions chiefly from Cope and represent his records published in 1868. A re-examination of this material is desirable, besides giving a complete list of such of his types as are still in the Academy. With Messrs. J. B. Stetson, Jr., and W. T. Innes, during April, 1922, I visited Roanoke and vicinity. Collections of fishes were made at the fol- lowing stations: 1. Clear, spring-fed, stony stream near Hollins, in the Roanoke basin, Botetourt County, April 22. 2. Tributary of the Roanoke north of Hiiedtaget in Botetourt County, April 22. This is a clear open brook, and most of the fish taken from it were parasitized with tremetodes. 8. Brook in the Roanoke basin, near Daleville, Botetourt County, April 22. A clear rapid stream, with fish exceedingly abundant. 4, Catawba Creek, tributary of the James River near Kyle, Botetourt 1Published by permission of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 2—Proc. Bion. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (7) 8 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. County, April 22. A rather large open stream, with shallows and many riffs. It flows through a rather gradual valley, just below [north of and toward. northeast] of Fincastle. 5. Sinking Creek at Maywood, tributary of New River in the Kanawha basin, Craig County, April 23. An open clear, cold, rocky stream, rapid and rather deep. 6. Brush Creek, tributary of Little River, in the Kanawha basin, at Brush Creek Bridge, Floyd County, April 24. A fine shallow, sandy stream near its mouth, though rocky above and with numerous pools. 7. Little River at the island below Sowers, Floyd County, April 24. 8. Laurel Creek, tributary of Little River in Floyd County, April 24. A stream much like Brush Creek. Its banks are lined with rhododendrons ‘and hemlocks. The stream flows over gravel and sandy reaches in its lower course. 9. South Fork of the Roanoke two miles east of Elliston, Montgomery County, April 24. Resembles Catawba Creek, with gravel and sandy bottoms, many pools and rapids. The principal papers relative to the distribution of Virginia fishes are as follows: Epwarp D. Cope. 1868. On the distribution of fresh-water fishes in the Allegheny region of southwestern Virginia. Ben Va) Bat , \ REAL A eniet t yy ANS eaN ie Des 5 enti +i i i , e f ‘ ea a pitt ii) D shee i 4 ae x ia kel er) a HERON aR Hatt oa 4 ‘ > 4 ’ Ba ti ee Ban a = ise Mats EM A ee ts Ge 1 ' { : Vol. 36, pp. 75-78 March 28, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ; BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SOME UNRECORDED NAMES IN THE MURICIDAE. BY WILLIAM H. DALL. Having occasion recently to review the history of a Muricoid name, I found to my surprise that it was absent from all the - nomenclators and their supplements, and no reference was made in the Zoological Record to the paper in which it appeared. In 1879 in the Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, pp. 314-348, Jousseaume published under the title ‘“ Htude des Purpuridae”’ a revision of the gastropods usually included in the family Muricidae. In this paper after reviewing the history of the -mollusca known to the ancients as purpura on account of the dye extracted from them to make the Tyrian purple, he gives a list of fifty genera with a description of each, and a species definitely designated as type. This includes a number of manuscript names proposed by Bayle. In view of the fact that the types are definitely fixed and that a number of the names proposed appear to be absent from all the nomenclators and thus liable to be overlooked, it seems desirable to give a list of these names, with the names of the types selected by Jousseaume. I have noted a few preoccupied names. Jousseaume was quite right in his contention that the ancients referred. to the Mediterranean Murex as Purpura, but seems to have been ignorant that Martyn had introduced the name Purpura into binomial nomenclature for a muricoid shell later called Cero- stoma by Conrad. Many of the names in this list will be useful as sectional divisions of the Muricidae, but few of them will be considered as of generic rank by serious students. It will be observed that in forming the family Jousseaume does not men- tion the Trophons, Hupleura or Urosalpinx. Most of Jous- seaume’s names are cited, but without references, in Fischer’s 12—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 36, 1923, (75) 76 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Manuel, but the examples given are not always the original types. In C. F. Baker’s “Outline of a new Classification of the family Muricidae,’’ 1895, he cites these names. as those of Fischer, and not always those types designated by Jousseaume. It is curious that the compilers of nomenclators have missed these names entirely. Page 323. (f9 66 Page 324. Page 325. (i9 Page 326. ; 66 cc Page 327. Page 328. Page 329. » 66 Page 330. Page 331. (a5 Page 332. 66 6c Page 333. 66 Page 334. 66 66 Purpura. Type Murex brandaris L. (=Bolinus Pusch, Pal. Pol. 1837. Not Purpura Martyn, Figs. Nondeser. Shells, 1784). HavstTeLLum (Schumacher). Type Murex haustellum L. TuBicaupA. Type Murex brevispina L. AcupurPuURA (Bayle MS.) Type Murex tenuispina Lam. (Murex Auct. not Lamarck, 1799). PaziELLaA. Type Murex pazi Crosse. PorriERA. Type Murex zelandicus Quoy. Brputex (Perry, 1811). Type B. perca Perry. Naquetia. Type Murez triqueter Born. INERMICOSTA. Type Murex fasciatus Sby. MoricantTuus (Swainson). Type Murex radix Gmel. HomatocanTHa (Morch). Type Murex scorpio L. Favartia. Type Murex breviculus Sby. MoricipEa (Swainson). Type Murex hexagonus L. HexaPiex (Perry). Type Murez cichoreus Gmelin. s.s. (L.) Lamarck). Bassta (Bayle MS.). Type Murex stainforthii Reeve. Bassia of Quoy & Gaimard, 1834). PHYLLONOTUS (Swainson). Type Murex imperialis Swainson. (=M. pomum Gmelin.) EUPHYLLON. Type Murex monodon Sby. CuicorEvus (Montfort). Type Murex ramosus L. OcINEBRELLUS. Type Murex eurypteron Reeve. TRITONALIA (Fleming). Type Murex erinaceus L. GRACILLIPURPURA. Type Fusus strigosus Lamarck. LyropurRPuRA (Bayle MS.) Type Deshayes. OcINEBRINA. Type Fusus corallinus Scacchi. Hanetia. Type Murex haneti Petit. PsEUDOMUREX (Monterosato). Type Murex Pract Brocchi. HETEROPURPURA (Bayle MS.) Type Murex polymorphus Bronn. | ViITULARIA (Swainson). Type Murex vitulinus Lam. CRASSILABRUM. Type Murer crassilabrum Gray. crassilabrum of Megerle, fide Agassiz.) Forreria. Type Murex belcheri Hinds. Jatoua. Type Purpura jatou Adanson. PTEROPURPURA. Type Murex macropteron Desh. (= Murex (Not (Not Murex crassicostatus Oe Ae j Dall—Some Unrecorded Names in the Muricidae. ree Page 334. Page 335. cc Page 336. 6c 6c Page 337. 73 Page 339. 66 Crerostoma (Conrad). Type Cerostoma nuttallii Conrad. (= Purpura Martyn, 1784.) PTEROCHELUS. Type Murex acanthopterus Lam. (not Ptero- cheilus of Oken,1815). Marcuia. Type Murex clava Kiener. PTERONOTUS (Swainson). Type Murex pinnatus Wood (not Pteronotus of Gray, 1825). PuRPURELLUS. Type Murex gambiensis Reeve (not Pur- purella Desvoidy, 1853). PoroPTERON. Type Murex unicinarius Lam. Typuis (Montfort). Type Murex tubifer Bruguiére. TYPHINELLUS. Type Typhis sowerbyi Brod. Typoina. Type Typhis belchert Brod. (not Typhina of Bur- meister, 1834). CYPHONOCHELUS. Type Typhis arcwatus Hinds. Typuisorsis. Type Typhis coronatus Brod. HavstTeLLotypuis. Type Typhis cumingii Brod. PreROTYPHIS. Type Typhis pinnatus Brod. LyrotyPpuis (Bayle MS.). Type Typhis cuniculatus Duchatel. Hirtotypuis (Bayle MS.). Type Typhis horridus Brocchi. TauitypHis. Type Typhis expansus Sby. TriconotyPHis. Type Typhis fimbriatus A. Adams. TYPHISALA. Type Typhis grandis A. Adams. bi ee i unis Ath j ‘ } ; ; ea Hay se ee, LR ie it rey eae, Ws 3 . ‘ ‘ . Vol. 36, pp. 79-82 March 28, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FOOD HABITS OF CALLISAURUS VENTRALIS VEN- TRALIS (HALLOWELL). BY HERBERT J. PACK. The twenty specimens from which this study was made were -taken at St. George and Santa Clara, Utah, in June of 1920 and 1921. In the desert parts of extreme southwestern Utah, invaded by an arm of the Lower Sonoran Zone, C. ventralis ventralis is by far the most common reptile. This lizard probably is not surpassed in speed by any reptile of the South- west. In fact, it runs so fast that often the eye can not follow it. This species is a very voracious feeder and usually has the stomach filled to capacity. It takes both insects and vegetable matter. Plant tissue was found in 45 per cent of the lizards, - in which it formed 23 per cent of the total quantity of food. For the twenty lizards vegetable matter formed 10.4 per cent and insects 89 per cent, the remaining .6 per cent consisting of spiders and sand. Bees and wasps were found in 80 per cent of the lizards. Lepidopterous larvae, antlions (usually larvae), hemiptera, and beetles were represented in the order named. Few observations have been made upon the food habits of this lizard. Merriam! states that ‘‘this species feeds on insects and the blossoms and leaves of plants in about equal proportion; at least such was the case in the large number whose stomachs were examined.”’ Ruthven? failed to find vegetable matter in his Tucson specimens, and with possibly one exception their food consisted wholly of insects. Camp found only insects— grasshoppers, ants, and beetles—in eight specimens from the vicinity of the Turtle Mountains. 1N. A. Fauna, No. 7, p. 172. 2Am. Mus. Nat. History, Vol. 23, Art. 23, p. 521. 3U. of Calif. Pub. in Zoology, Vol. 12, No. 17, p. 520. 13—Proc. Brot. Soc. Waszx., Vou. 36, 1923. (79) Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. 80 ; - SBpITAIOIG T CALC] pljeuosAryyD I kd SL OBAIBI -[euIN90D 4[nNpe OBAIB] eS Gog ee eee | eee eee (‘prun) g | woojeuiAyy ¢ oepissefg | spyueT ge | i pus [eale, [| Pryjeutoar) Z (prun)¢| 6 | ate Poo; [8303 JO (B10yqdyTeD) S| UrleIS T %L Barro; ‘png J | T APMOT T | WOOTOUTIATAL J pr rors Cpt) a ae ssaq¢| £ | IIe ee ee a es ee ee ee Se eee ee ee ee (prun) T |(‘pran) sare T s9eq IT | 6 | OTE POO} [8303 Jo %0zZ 174 0) (0) 2) AN OBAIV a0q T BULULIO; ‘onssty yUBQ | (CRIN) Chae Se ae sBpIploy | (‘prun) [| Pl4zeur09y g | sepruounouysy {| | 60g ydurAu septs SBE T‘S}[NptZ put sydurAu 7 —otpidod1ep : (‘prun) ydurAu (prun) [ OBAIB] SUkehs 27) Se a a eee sydurdu Z | eepiploy [ @VPT][PUlN00H [| Plijeuloery F aeq Tl } | 80E BAIR] (‘prun) sBpIproreyHD T eee eee oe ho ae Z Tooomnnersressssena==="! TOS[PULIAW, T ydurAu [| | depriplloy [ po pron) BAIR T g90q Z eepruounsuyoyT Z| 6 | 208 Poo} [8307 JO %09 But -U1IO} ‘SelI1eq p[IM ¢ 2 a SE a ak are i (eee ae ape Ieee tas See aaa a ee SBPY[OUIVIOD | | dsem [| © | 908 POO} [8303 Jo %0G SUIULIO} ‘png e287 a |r a [ne ee [cre eS ee, eee ae Se Ponsa Sree eee eet pn fgg Se ae ee vee L | cog poo} [8407 jo %Gz suturi0y ‘poses uO pue onsst} JUL G Se | a eet gee bag ait ee ea ae ee eee al ie see a eee Se eg a Rec regerp > Gamer ee ee 6 | FOE pay 18303 Jo %ez Surui10; CAIG] BAIVT ‘spnq ued [[euis ¢ 5 ee eg eres e1azdIq zg | uoaTeuIIAyY [ | Soe Se eee | ee eee (ee eee a Plijeml0ayy [ aq t| “ | g0e SULGIS Gs ae es | Se OBAIB] “PIUN G | PG SYNe hay C0828 OSS) (ae aie ae eh cee eee cog ee aac 6 | zoe pee 1230} JO %0z¢ Sururs0j (‘prun) “spnq jeo] [Bus ¢ Seer (anaes pIgdes, |S Cplgn) 6) Se eioydoyouAgy T OVAIF] s9eq 8| | Toe - (mOsTeULIAT) (‘plan) OBAIV] LORE PY te a eee eee |e So eee feces (= Geet eer UOT] Jue T Wn (OND UE, 0 AB) cal ay eee reales ci abe ee nase Pliyoul0et) F sepiainuvg ¢} | 00S SUIDULA YY $799SUTy puny 4129jD fy 97903960 A qasuy |ssapidg SN0aUD}] D.13}40.1N9 AT Diajdiwa FT DLaIAOYILO 1.121403]0,) DiajdoprdaTyT DLaIdouswuh rag | ‘ON = payyuap -J298t iy : See), ‘(TISMOTIV]]) SYIVULNGA SYIVULNGA SOUAVSITIVD JO SLNALNO‘) HOVNOLS | 81 ws, tral Pack—Food Habits of Callisaurus ventralis ven —_—_—— mE ££ pooj P 6 | 21¢ 91g 6 | ste YL | FE & | ete ied Sy ‘ON 1230} Jo %T wey sso] (‘pran) T SuIUIIO; ‘onsst} yuBld (ptun) Tf SAIG[ | VEPILANpsy T yduiAu (‘ptun) seeaq ¢ UIeIZ T FOG | Burs Adee eleydiq [ | WosfeuIIATY T IVPISSUL [ |JOHOLIO sat], | WVAIB F BT[evIpleg T dBAIVBT 22q T a SS tee Eee x Se ose Seer a [Paar a a ae a ROO LOOM AIA ICs eae eer ere leas hes af See > ae a eae ey espisinusg F (‘pran) varey T BAICT (ptun) T SOBAIVBT 30q T Giupmmene| ee ene ee (‘ptun) [ | wosjeurAyy T Ssupissul [| (‘prun) [| plizeut0ay ¢ sue ame ‘pran) Z SUIvIZ esprmmuoulneuyyy Z 0S el RRS GS a gees fib a ok (‘prun) ¢ AC PReUn) pene ee cc een aera ae fel oe See Soe ae ea BIeuIPIeg ¢ REVS) Pi Ree see aes eee | aa nee a ae ged | fg Se eee ae Sen) Age cenuees eepisinueg 2 (prun) Z Boel oe SS ee ee x SS raaes GER CCI Gf] Bel [ROL 2.122 6 0 FE) A emma eagle sel | lea ein ge ease Ser eam mik’ (ca SENS Soni Sigh nace ena ge SpI1z9uI0Er) OBAIB] A[OXT] ‘OBA eepisinueg T ” G (prun) Z |-1B OT :eearvy (‘prun) ¢ Gee en wae es ee x soakersaenenns | rastcner sero“ MOROUIIAIN. ¢ OB PHOUIONNL) [| PUyeuIeIy) B eepidy Z poo; 1830} Jo %T Bururs0y : (‘prun) Z sulviZ ¢ | Uleys yuRId [[euIs ATaA | T (GRU) Sie | eee ee ae (GISTIUR ae ce ee ee gt oe ge cea ee ee on ta oe ae eepisinutg T | SUIDWaY 87098U] Sree | = pug 4ayD yy 291903263 A qyasuy |ssapidg SnoaUuD} D1a{aOLNa NT piagdiwea FT 0.13} 0Y}740 1.413}002]0,) piajdoprdaT piajdouawhi payuuap -J2981 un a ‘ponulju0j—(TTAMOTIV) SIIVULNGA SIIVULNGA SQUNVSITIVD JO SLNGLNOS) HOVNOLG a ee . < ” 2 a 7” eS = Se Se eS wn ( Vol. 36, pp. 83-84 March 28, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FOOD HABITS OF CROTAPHYTUS COLLARIS BAILEYI (STEJNEGER). | BY HERBERT J. PACK. In the accompanying table the results of a study of the food habits of Bailey’s collared lizard, Crotaphytus collaris baileyi (Stej.) are given. All of these lizards were collected in the southwestern part of Utah in June of 1920 and 1921 except No. 565 which was taken May 5, 1906, at Thompsons in Grand County. This examination of stomach contents discloses the fact that Bailey’s collared lizard is a mixed feeder, taking both insects and vegetable matter. It appears that insects constitute the more important item of food, for while seven of the sixteen lizards had taken vegetable matter every one including these seven had eaten insects. Grasshoppers and beetles are by far the most frequently eaten insects, while bees and wasps, lepi- dopterous larvae, and other insects are less often taken. There is no evidence that this reptile preys upon other lizards, as is the ease with the leopard lizard. Furthermore, while the collared lizard is thus a mixed feeder, taking both insects and vegetable matter, the leopard lizard apparently feeds only upon insects and other lizards. Very few observations have been recorded on the food habits of this species. Camp! found that ‘one stomach contained two chewed grasshoppers, and another three orthopterous insects and four small beetles.’”’ Ruthven? states that ‘“‘as far as observed their diet consists exclusively of insects—grasshoppers, beetles, and locusts,’’ which is at variance with the evidence herewith presented. 1Univ. Calif. Pub. in Zoology, Vol. 12, No. 17, p. 521. 2Bul. Am. Mus. Nat. His., Vol. 23, Art. 23, p. 513. 14—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (83) Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. 84 [oe [810 JO 9u90 Jed ¢ SUIULIOJ ‘Jea] Wee1F T pec [#307 Jo queo Jod cT UIGIZ [ | Surul1oj ‘enssty yUeTG g[lueANe | SUIGIS odIV, ¢ Poo; [8407 Jo ued Jed QE Suru10; Uleis aBIe] I | ‘(Soave]) enssyy quelg POOF [8703 Jo 799 Jod OG SUIUIIO; ‘SOABIT YIM Alo1TUO JSOUI[S PaT[y yowurozg [PABIZ JO sodeld [[vus Z pooy [®303 JO 4u90 Iod GT SUIUIIO; ‘10998Ur 9[4B}0290A I94}0 pus Jeo] W9eIs JO 9001 Buoy] your 2% YOYS polip osje :pooy [8303 JO Jued Iad Q9 SUIUIIO; ‘s}ue,d sno -UIUINZe] JO SsaAvoy E jo s}1ed put spod of POO} [2403 Jo yuao Jed Gy Suruii0; sjuvid snouruinsey] JO SoABa] Z pus Spod ¢ UIGIZ $9]0 AT puny Layo py 9790}069 A a ee ee ae een @Pvold T (pian) T (‘prun) staIvy] Z SepISsEer | (‘ptun) [ VAIvT | Cpran) 9) 6 sepIpLoy Nps eve, [| [ pus sydurAu ¢ (pun) tT] 6 aBploeq sepIiplloy -BIVIG adIB] CG CplUn):¢ ee jo sydurAu Z seplT[aui00g T | 6 Sep IPEOy: (‘prun) T OBAIL] Z TOUTS (DUDUIN 012, al cece ce ee ere oe i 6 eeprPAI 1 (pran) Z|} 2 dseM es1¥T T POR 2) FR (al | eee ceteris eaee ene | ane gel cee reese yo) CO Sa Se ee ee e : SEPIPLIOV, seproeq jo sydurAu ¢ -G180Q oSIe[ [| MOON eee ae eae. BAIGT T COTA (OUND G0) fal reenter seem da ||) SM RON JO sydurau ¢ (pran) T| © sVpIpLoy aeplovg jo ydurAu | -B180G asIv[ [| 0 (e8prLIZ9UIONs) sBpIploy ULIOM SULINSBOUL T jo syduisu Z| wvioydoyoudyy Tt} 6 SEPIPHOY (prun) T OBPLIOOYAG [pore jo sydurAu Z| ovpijewoshiy9 [| Cprun) T| © SBPr -plioy jo sydurAu | SepiMmoyeiud,, [oo __ Bare |g pue synpe z Cprun) T| 6 I a a ee ee Cprun) T} 6 sulpwMay oUUy SnoauD} T1208 LN suapidg pryde T S19j{GIwWey] T Cprun) % sBpluogyja -ULIAT[ [BAIT T OVAIL] “plun Z S]99SUT $n0awnp19981 JT Diajdouauh py piajdopidaryT 0.1ajdoyjztQ 9.193d03]0) *(UHDUNLALC) IAGTIVA SIUVTTIOO SQLAHdAVLOU) AO SLNGLNOD HOVWOLS ggg Sg eg¢ ogg Tg¢ os¢ rag | ‘ON SoS SE Sa eae a Se ee aaa Vol. 36, pp. 85-90 March 28, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE FOOD HABITS OF CNEMIDOPHORUS TESSEL- LATUS TESSELLATUS (SAY). BY HERBERT J. PACK. _ From a study of the food habits of the common western variety of race-runners, Cnemidophorus tessellatus tessellatus (Say), it becomes evident that this lizard, in common possibly with the widespread eastern species, is the most beneficial lizard in North America. Fourteen species and varieties of race- runners are recognized in the United States, but only two have a wide geographical distribution. One of these is C. tessellatus tessellatus, the most common and most widespread western form, while the other is the well-known C. sealineatus of the East and South. The sixty-three specimens whose stomach contents formed the basis of this study were taken from various localities through- out the greater part of the range of this species in western Utah. From the accompanying table we see that Lepidoptera, largely caterpillars, form 37.7 per cent of the total bulk of food. Grass- hoppers constitute 14.4 per cent. These two groups of insects alone, caterpillars and grasshoppers, form about 52 per cent of the total food. The item next in importance is beetles, repre- senting 14.2 per cent, of which one-sixth is wireworms. Remain- ing we have miscellaneous insects, 14.27 per cent; arachnids, 8.2 per cent; unidentified insect and animal remains, 9.0 per cent; and sand and bits of wood, 2.23 per cent. Hymenoptera, usually considered as one of the most beneficial orders of insects, represent less than 1 per cent of the total food. Without entering into a discussion of the economic status of the various items of food, it is evident that a high percentage of the total food consists of noxious insects. It will be noted that speci- 15—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasz., Vou. 36, 1923. (85) 86 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. mens 331 to 334, inclusive, contained bits of wood. These are four of the ten specimens taken at Clearfield. The area in which the specimens were collected has a very sandy soil, covered by a rather dense growth of sagebrush. This sand is not loose and shifting but in most places is firmly packed and covered by a coat of debris. The bits of wood were no doubt swept in with the grasshoppers just as sand is often ingested along with insects. One other specimen only, number 339, from Rockville, contained bits of wood. In arriving at a correct estimate of the value of this reptile other things than just the nature of its food must be considered. C. tessellatus tessellatus is a large lizard, attaining a maximum length of over 12 inches, of which 314 to 4 inches represents body length. It is therefore physically possible for this lizard to consume rather large quantities of food because of its size. Furthermore, although occurring in the desert parts of the country where its insectivorous habits might not have so much economic bearing, this lizard is by no means confined to waste places. It is usually found in a dry sandy area, but this habitat often adjoins cultivated land which it may frequent in search of food. This is illustrated in specimen number 335 taken in an alfalfa field in Lehi. In addition to other food, this individual had eaten 18 alfalfa weevil larvae forming 40 per cent and 2 larvae of the alfalfa butterfly forming 38 per cent of its stomach contents. In the drier parts of Davis County these lizards often come into alfalfa fields, orchards, and other cultivated fields. The numbers of race-runners in agricultural sections are much fewer now than formerly. Great numbers have disappeared with the reclamation of land, and unfortunately there has been an accompanying wanton destruction of them by firearms. Where the race-runner comes in contact with cultivated lands it renders a service to agriculture only less than that of our most useful insectivorous birds because its fey food require- ments are not so great. A detailed analysis of the stomach contents is given in the following table: 0Z IBAIC] F a OT SUBMMOL OSs alr a ee | | ednd{} £ | ere 8) OT SUIGHLOL [BUNDY | g (‘plun) joosur T | meee aoa ones thee See” Serpe fo are one ge cs eBAIBTG | L | SPE 2) CNG ITC T IT PVERES CU YS [8 ibaa Sa as SESE SES Sie SS lana | ea lace aseae aniasce 2 Sel alesse Rilb meee sae er an elastase (aie agers aaa cee ce cat Ie aa ee oe sha eh |S ip peering an ae a = %e—sayqqod i 8 [[eus F pourezuOD |G6G SULUMIOT OOSWS ease st (ee | eee ee see aege eer ee |e S| snes ee eds coe p= cone ge om we a 5 | OFe SS %OI—poom perp a JO aoa1d pourejUoD |OT SJE 4 FAT OGE SUCRE THO ie SS ae SS |e ce eee CU paca ee ee oy Se el (geo ree eee aCe 08 BAIGT T | © | 6g A) c BAIG] T , sydurAu ES ce LiAE 27 7h (U8 8 Le 8 | Glas ie eee gman iS 2 COIL GF 4 a ea ek o¢ sVpIploy F |G WNpet| L | SE aeprosqe 3 g AB T 196 ges) on 9 pa te ce ieee ee (RS Sena As 5 2 | Zee << Plo SABp Moy SS Bee Selo a One ee see ge g ‘USS 1 oes eae ea eas gets Pea ieee ne esr oS 6 synpe Z| 2 | 988 a snorsod ‘gq Apio}yng w% PPG [com Seite bar hed he S UOT ELS 2 leat | an aan 4 Jopids [ |¢ sBpisser T OF JO OGAIBI BT IST sBpIpHoy T |8E JO oBAIv[ Z| 6 | SEE i= %E—PuUes +%G relents | loa A haan Lk Or (‘prun) joesur T 3 pourezuoo + ete IZ SUIVUIAL [CUIIUY || o CAIB] WOOTOUTIATAL [pre 09 SUPIPWO Note iS cn eee cee © | PEE & ZS 0O— =) poom potip jo sz1q |¢'z SUIBUIOL JOOSUT (evprlios[n 7 sydurAu 7. Peurezuod ‘ajtueant’ |G BAIF] T 1G Joprds [ |T AIPORGS) SOM OD Sp ¢6 SUPIPHOV Sas = ena eee © | Seé i} %0Z—poom petip ae} jo seoard [Tews sydurAu eS jE N EG AE COS) OS) ga Ce i aa a | aera eee | (| ea cb | oe [peace ae OL sepIploy Z |OT SAIvTT | 6 | Z8E %SL—Ppoom poatip jo sooord [[eus sydurAu D Pag AT) BO Ca 2 Saag ag Na ea (SS Se a Se aac S| aa fas eae nea ced GS UPI OIVA | ln nan oe © | 188 > GS SUE UO TS ULL Yas aia Seemann eae eee ee en ee oe 91799 T |SZ 111 2) a i Oe i prema oh ee & ' O&€ xn € sqyue g | yaurAu <3 G GyOur [Burs T T sepryueW tT S | sydurAu € siepids Z | T BAIV[ VVptIdosAIYH | | 06 2) 15 24 ES l(a MO a eS 3 | 62E mS : ydurAu 7 eS ataeane OG EEDA 0 162 G11) 6 RE aig Sie Seles Na | Kyrestack [SR hes CE gee SemuES| P, | SCRE. reo ee ica o¢ 2) 15 01 Oa ea RS ema oat Sk © | 8ZE : e| espe 9 eel LN Shady ie Ry ean | l SUIBUIEI yOOSUy || nnn L BEDIOMBATT oa) seo ee SERIO NON © | Lee os OOT BOT EHEL DU | "1S esaeieseg sr, = a | am Sapa a ase teNedacse || ueacnpeetigmee is gers} ras (case (aac PERE & | 988 S yduAu ne a OO St See a, NESE ee es SZ CREO) FOGS Ue ee cL GEDIDEDY, Teer | oa ae © | Se $9]0 NT % 1ajjD YY OULU |% spiuyrDLy % $]908UT % 0.1a}409]0,.) % DiajdoyjioO %\ vsaydopiday | rag| ‘ony payuyuapruy) ie $N09UD1]9981 (aS) SEAT MS get nar hess hon pate aetabeenaere S| 40 Beara d®) Se Proceed 88 f the Biological Society of Washington. Ings O 4 s pp om a SE ee ee %I—Iq9e0 | | i re [ews [ pus pusg |7 SURO en ee ee ee ee ee z 9[}90q [TFs T OT eepIploy Z |08 BAIT 9 | LY | OLE Q | dBAIV] UOSTOUTIATY Z sydurAu %ey—eqqad pews J pm BT Japrds [ |Z CBr) 4oesat fo) ee 09 sepIploy ¢ ZT evAlv[ Z| 6 | 69 a[lueane |¢ SUTC ULL Pe IY 3 ea | ee ee rca ees gee pee | enone eee ges re G _ o8BArB ‘ Tt I St A Seapets eee 7 (ee i een 0 See en oe ges 6 IT] 6 | g9¢ Or SUIVUTOL [BUIUY |CP aeprisndjog I |Sr AS Toe ee ee eee lee eee © | 198 OOT CRE) eee [iG ee a ee eee ee ee ee © | 99€ YoBUI0}S UI WOM POE TUE i sp CLUS yi a eg ee ee a aa ce a aa ee Se | aaa meee Jen ear cee ceeseeemtee L OOT SORE Zee 08 € 9[}00q T c¢ SULIOMOIIM G [Pr morerrnneonnnnes GV aeAlBygG| 6 | g9E OL WoId109g T |Z 90q [[eus T (08 RO GeGs Go esa eee 8¢ sean ¥| © | 29E : 52 oedn CFE PORNG oo ee g Jopids [ |Z BiezdIq T |SPF BUMOMOSEAS Ose ees ae SY OVAIBT 3 © | 19 z aBpIsser [ |F BBAIL] Z ydurAu 81 v10ydiq € |Z 89[799 € IZ sepIpHoy Tt 109 eeAIZ[ Z| © | O98 SI eednd 7 zZ (SLO CAUE ).09 e eeeaae eee ceree aet|2 al aeee eeeo gee Cinige Jen al Ree a oem ae oo abe (eect eee, 08 evAIv[ Z| 6 | 6EE SUIvUIOI é OL Joddoysseiz |06 svAle, z| 6 | BcE OF eednd OT 09 evAIv[g|) 6 | LEE ; ydurdu |F ednd { %Ii—pusg |6 SOUR ROT DOS lal pe ee iene ee ee ee 8 9[390q T /€ sepIploy T }¢Z seAIBE Z| & | 9GE %I—pussg |Z SUTEUIST [BURIGY | | ee G SBNQ A[BouI J pp rererre copie S eeoiiee (ire se cee S6 evAIeT IT] 6 | ocg “yey Aprure 7) G oudnd Z GZ UMOMOIIM [ | |~ eta ee eee 0g oBAIe] F} LO | FGE G OBAIVI | OL eednd Zz SE ee || | In epee Re | Se ia eee ees or S80 Te ae evaAlvl 7} © | ee SICOAN eas ee Se ere noniiese fe 8 SULEUIOL o[f een) eo) ea 66 aeAIe[ Z| © | SSE 001 SAE a a eee peice ad (ae gee ae ee ee SS ee é& | 198 ydurAu oeprip Dep UER i er Se ¥Z SE PUR a ee ee ges] ee ee ee T “Hoy [[@Uls T | FL avAlv[ OL | 5 | Ose aBprioeqe EN SE ASA | oe ge cae Cae epg peers nce es eleva caer gel ices = ae eee 6h -I1B0G OSI Z avaivzye | & | 6FF PLS LA acer a a eat eee eat SS eee ee evarvt | 5 | sPe %{—pureg |¢ SUIBULOI [BULLY | FZ opie SS ‘i peewee = ha SESS a eee SB MEEY | 1 -|_Z06 Ay a A Si Saas RE Seg ee ee ee ee 9 91990q T avalsyg| © | OF OF GUlBUISL [PANE | oo [se Og: | SEALE] USe[SUItAN Ga es ee ovAIeL P| 6 | SHE SUIvUIOL [Bare] Alqeqoid 0g Se Wyn (EA 0 ee eae a ces ge ea aac | aia ge ae Se as GS o[J88G ea ee oes GS evarB[ se | 6 | bE 89]0N % ayo yy joUuU % SpluyooLy % $]908UT % 143}009]0) % Diaj00YI10 %\ owajdopiday | ray | ‘ony payuyuapruy 8n0aUuny)2982 “‘ponuru0j—(AVG) SALVITASSHL SALVTIASSEL SQUOHAOGINAND JO SLNGLNOG HOVIOLG pueg 06 os LO FL orl vPrT L Le queo Jod ‘Zay oe E21 Psom Jo Set > OOT ETAT os Pas ee ae a Sp eee ee Renee in eed eee eo |, py pe oe © | 188 oo c CAIBI T Cr sulvorel soosuy |e ¢ 2nq A[voul [ |GP OP SaO a | es ee ae ee ie ee & | 988 R GZ (‘prun) jo0suI T Ss OL 8nq A[eour | 8 02 Japids [ |0Z CUDIOSE ge poe Sg ee ee el en ee ee GS VAIv[T | 6 | S8E = 6 (‘prun) j00sur T . = OL | BAe, uoopUTIA T 2 GER cd (I eee eee ae eee eee ST siaprds ¢ |¢¢ sBpissef [Bus EC OL ERO eS ee eee ae L | F8E = F aBpisser T & %I—pusg |¢ SUIvUlal [VUIUY |Z siepids ¢ |0Z | BAB] UOsfeUIATY T | SZ se[qe0q g | SS ge pee 0z eBAlvy Z| 6 | Sse 2 c snq A[voul [ = 0g oeprrAnpay | Ss [at Pe SZ siepids F |FZ | BAIB[ UOsfouTIAW TI |Z I eee iene ere sane ers At SS a © | 28e = og eioz,diwey Z nm OF 90q T |0€ OS) il Oe eae a Se ies emt RC [es Se oe 5 | 18& a ¥ eiloydiuley Z i= ST So7TULII} OZ o G qas [[Sus < OF == PUU Ce see ee ¢ eepisndjog | %19}d0 : < G Japids [ /¢ -usWATY [[eus [ S 3 2 CSS AYES See eae Se ee Reais BS pe eye A a 09 eBAIBT IZ] S | O8E = OI eeplsndiog T = 0g sioneey [od es 02 gp suyeuret | ee © | ele 3S %I—purssg ie SULBUISI Joona, |S ZL | eBAIv] UOsTSUIATY Z = . seprisndjog TI |¢ aepisser F | FL Ba[jeeG Se ee 09 sBAIB[ 6Z | 6 | BLE S 6 (‘prun) yoosut | 2 6 OMB IEE ee |e ee SS ee eg ee | ee D Vag aadead [[eule ye 0s siapids 9 |0€ es ISA) Oa 2 te | eae eae re ene ees (as eee ee eS es ee © | 22e S| OPIULIO} T = %I—pueg Or SULBVULOI [VUIIUY |ST siopids ¢ |OT | BAIB] UOSTEUTIAT [ 3 i) Zo1—pueg : [EURUaY: Pp I T W ~ OL Bio,aIuleyy Z sydurAu > LA! (‘prun) szoasut Z |0Z 9[390q T |ST SUPIPUOW Goss | ae © | OLE re) Zz (‘plun) 9esul [ = J (S| 1 ERS | eee Sega ¢ aepisnd]og T |Z BAIB[ UOIPPUTIAT T |OT SULBUIOL Bf}OBQ | j See 08 evAlv[ 9Z | 6 | SLE - ydurAu 3 (E6 sioprds % |€ PEPSI Is) eee gS eBpIpuoy T |S qyour,t | © | Le is) Bao OU Sal |: ee ge Or FINps T -) OAT DUBS Sos Soe ee ee L aBpisgndjog T |Z BAIV] WOITPUTIATY T |OG eloydoyouAyy Qn og aBAIe[ IT | © | €Ze << sydurAu | CLL COLL AT SSe 2 aie gana ae eet igg ear Ss SRC ale Spa Ae eh Ge | eee en ae ae ¢6 sepIploy F |S BAIBTT | 6 | SLE aa i sydurAu 8 4 (‘prun) joasut T /€ 9[999q T |Sh espIpHoy F |0S eBAIBEG | © | ILE AL $30 AT % Jayyo y Jou % SpLUuyovoiy % $j0aSuy % 9.19}40270,) % D1ajd0yjLO % | wvsagdopidayT | rag | ‘on payijyuapruy snoaun772087 Jy I iy +) Vol. 36, pp. 91-92 March 28, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALAMARIA FROM BORNEO. BY DORIS M. COCHRAN. While studying a collection of reptiles received from Dr. W. L. Abbott and collected by Mr. H. C. Raven in Borneo, I came ~ upon two species of Calamaria which seem to be new to science. Calamaria ventralis, new species. Diagnosis.—Ventrals 249; no preocular; a small but distinct postocular; diameter of eye less than half its distance from mouth; four upper labials, third and fourth entering eye; frontal as broad as long, three times as wide as supraocular, shorter than parietals; symphysial in contact with anterior pair of chin-shields. | Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 51637; Sungai Merah, Borneo; H. C. Raven, collector. Description.—Rostral well visible from above; frontal as broad as long, three times as wide as supraocular, shorter than parietals; no preocular; a small but distinct postocular; diameter of eye less than half its distance from the mouth; four supralabials, second and fourth largest, third and fourth entering eye; two pairs of chin-shields in contact with each other, the anterior pair in contact with the symphysial; scales in 13 rows; ventrals 249; anal entire; subcaudals in 14 pairs; tip of tail blunt. Color (in alcohol) dark gray above, each dorsal scale with a lighter streak in the center; a white lateral stripe on the outer half of the second and the inner half of the first scale rows; several white spots on each side toward the anterior part of the body, the first large and prominent, the second smaller, the others decreasing and appearing only as scattered white scales toward the middle of the body; top of head uniform grayish; upper lip and temporal region white; a white band around the tail interrupted narrowly on the upper surface; underside of tail with two light stripes; a white spot on tip of tail; ventrals anteriorly light brown, spotted with dark on the edges and in the mid-ventral line, the amount of dark color increasing toward the middle of the body, the light areas becoming more and more effaced with the darker color towards the tail; occasional scales on the ventral surface entirely or partly pure white. Remarks.—This species has a greater number of ventral plates than any 16—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 36, 1923. (91) 92 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. other member of the genus excepting C. gracillima, which has 300°to 320 ventrals. C. gracillima has a very small supraocular confluent with the postocular. In C. ventralis the supraocular is of moderate size and is per- fectly distinct from the postocular. C. lovii, the only other comparable species, has the first three upper labials subequal, the third only entering the eye. C. ventralis has a large second labial and a very small third labial, both of which enter the eye. Calamaria raveni, new species. Diagnosis.—Ventrals 172; a very minute preocular; a distinct postocular; diameter of eye less than its distance from mouth; five upper labials; frontal as broad as long, four times as broad as supraocular, much shorter than parietals; first pair of lower labials separating symphysial from chin- shields. Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 51638; Sungai Merah, Borneo; H. C. Raven, collector. | Description.—Rostral well visible from above; frontal as broad as long, four times as broad as supraocular, much shorter than parietals; a very minute preocular; one postocular; diameter of eye less than its distance from the mouth; five supralabials, third and fourth entering eye; first pair of lower labials separating symphysial from chin-shields; two pairs of chin- shields in contact with each other; scales in 13 rows; ventrals 172; anal entire; subcaudals in 16 pairs; tip of tail bluntly pointed. Color (in alcohol) purplish gray above, a white lateral band on the second and third rows of scales; some of the scales of the first row white-centered; head white above, with grayish spots from the frontal to the rostral and around the eyes; tail pure white above, gray beneath, with white mottling on the sub- caudals; ventrals white, their ends irregularly blotched with purplish gray. ~ Remarks.—The new species bears rather close resemblance in scale- formula and in coloration to Calamaria lumholizii, also from Borneo, recently described by L. G. Andersson (Meddel. Zool. Mus. Kristiania, Nr. 7, 1923). Dr. Andersson says that the ventral plates of C. lwmholtzii are “uniform light,’’ while in C. raveni the outer edges of the ventrals are purplish gray, this color occasionally covering the whole of a ventral plate. C. lumholizii is said to have no preocular, while C’. raveni possesses a minute but very distinct preocular. The new species is named in honor of its collector, Mr. H. C. Raven. -—s. ie” ’ a f . a] 74 i Vol. 36, pp. 93-94 March 28, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW SPECIES OF ELEUTHERODACTYLUS FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUPLIC. BY DORIS M. COCHRAN. The presence of a new species among a collection of frogs sent ~ to the United States National Museum from Santo Domingo was pointed out to me last summer by Dr. G. K. Noble of the American Museum of Natural History. On his subsequent visit to the island, he was able to secure a large number, and to take many splendid photographs of the living frogs in their natural surroundings. The species may be described as follows: Eleutherodactylus abbotti, new species. Diagnosis.—Toes free; chest smooth, belly granular; head moderate, without ridges; vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique groups behind and between the choanae; a large, loose subgular pouch extending in very prominent folds on sides of throat and forming a strong fold posteriorly between fore-limbs; first finger shorter than second. Habitat——Dominican Republic. Type.—U. 8. N. M. No. 65055, Laguna, Saman4 Peninsula, Dominican Republic; Dr. W. L. Abbott, collector; May, 1922. Description of type specimen.—Tongue very broad, emarginate behind; vomerine teeth in two short and very slightly oblique groups some distance behind choanae, their outer ends not extending beyond inner borders of choanae; head moderate, without ridges; a large, loose subgular pouch extending in very prominent folds on sides of throat and forming a strong fold posteriorly between fore-limbs; nostril much nearer snout than eye, its distance from eye nearly equalling diameter of latter; upper eyelid much narrower than interorbital space; tympanum equal to one-half the diameter of eye, its distance from eye somewhat less than its diameter; disks of fingers large; first finger longer than second; toes free; disks of toes large; first toe reaching slightly beyond first subarticular tubercle of second toe; subarticular tubercles well developed; two well-developed metatarsal tubercles; no plantar tubercles; no tarsal fold; bent limbs being pressed along sides, knee and elbow overlap; hind limb being extended along sides, 17—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., Vou. 36, 1923. (93) 94 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. heel reaches beyond eye; hind limbs being placed vertically to axis of body, heels overlap considerably; a series of elongate glands forming an inter- rupted dorsolateral line from above tympanum to groin; a heavy oblique glandular ridge from posterior angle of eye to shoulder, below which is a shorter one from tympanum to humerus; skin above shagreened, with scattered irregular glandular tubercles especially on the flanks; throat, chest and anterior aspect of femur smooth, rest of underside coarsely grarular. Dimensions. mm. Tip of snout to vent 19 Width of head 6 Tip of snout to posterior border of tympanum i Diameter of eye 2.4 Diameter of tympanum 12 Fore leg from axilla i Hind leg from vent 29 Vent to heel 18 Color (in aleohol)—Above brownish gray, with a line between orbits and a much darker x-shaped mark between the shoulders; a pale line from tip of snout, extending over canthus rostralis, outer edge of supraocular and along the glandular dorso-lateral line to the groin; a broad, dark brown band from tip of snout over loreal region to eye; an oblique dark line on supra-tympanal gland, expanding into a wide band on flanks; a very narrow, sharply defined light vertebral line from level of nostrils to vent, inter- sected above latter by a similar line on posterior aspect of femur, tibia and on sole of foot; lips brown with small pale dots; a pale line from tym- panum to humerus extending over post-tympanal glands; limbs brownish gray, marbled and indistinctly cross-barred with paler color; underside whitish. Remarks.—Two other specimens from the same locality resemble the type closely in dentition and proportions. No. 65056 is slightly more brownish, the x-mark on the back is more distinct and the pale vertebral line is lacking as well as the intersecting line on the hind leg. The general coloration of No. 65057 is much grayer, the whole snout in front of the interorbital dark band much paler than the back; the dorso-lateral line is paler and wider; the lores and lips are pale, the dark band on the side of the head being reduced to a blackish line from the tip of the snout along the canthus rostralis and supra-tympanal gland to the shoulder; the flanks are scarcely darker than the back; the vertebral line is also absent in this specimen as is likewise the line on the hind leg. The new species is named for its collector, Dr. W. L. Abbott. Vol. 36, pp. 95-102 March 28, 1923 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ADDITIONS TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF SHIPWORMS. BY PAUL BARTSCH.! Since the publication of Bulletin 122, U.S. National Museum, “A Monograph of the American Shipworms,’’a large amount of - material has come to hand, among which are a new subgenus and three new species from American waters, which are here de- scribed. In addition to these, the monographing of the Philip- pine forms and a study of the West Pacific members of the family have brought to light the fact that several additional superspecific groups will have to be recognized, and to these I am also giving a status in the present paper. Bankia (Neobankia) orcutti, new species. Orcutt Shipworm. Shell small, subglobose, the anterior median portion pinkish, the rest white. The anterior portion with the usual sinus and reflected callus, which extends over the anterior external margin of the anterior part. From this the dental ridges extend first downward then backward, fan-shaped. These dental ridges are finely serrated at their free border and are about as wide as the spaces that separate them at the posterior margin. The umbones of the type are but slightly eroded, and I am therefore led to believe that the specimen, the largest in my possession, is not fully grown. It shows thirty-six ridges. The anterior and median parts meet in a curved line. The anterior median part is marked by rather broad dental ridges which are separated by slender lines only. The denticles, too, are very closely crowded. There are eighteen of these dental ridges in the line con- tinuous with the ventral margin of the anterior part. The middle median portion forms a depressed groove, and is rather narrow. It is marked by coarse U-shaped lines of growth. The posterior median portion is a little broader than the anterior and middle median portions combined, and is marked by rather coarse lines of growth. The posterior part forms a moderately large auricle, which is slightly constricted at its junction with the posterior median portion. The interior is bluish white; the junction of 1Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 18—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (95) 96 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. the anterior and median portions are marked by astrong raised cord. The middle median portion is marked by a strongly impressed rough groove, and bears at the ventral margin the usual knob, while from under the umbone the broad, irregular flat blade extends ventrally for two-thirds the length of the cavity. The posterior part projects as a shelf over the pos- terior median part with a decidedly hollow cavity behind it. The posterior part is concavely spatulate in outline. The pallet is the most peculiar we have so far seen. The cone-in-cone shaped segments are closely crowded. The membrane covering the inside of the segments is finely fimbriated distally, while on the outside it is cut into a series of short, strong spines, which give to each segment a fine comblike appearance. The type, Cat. No. 348191, U.S. N. M., was collected by C. R. Orcutt in Bacochibampo Bay, Sonora, Mexico. It measures: height, 3.4 mm.; length, 3.1 mm.; diameter, 3mm. The pallet measures: length, 3.6 mm., of which 1.7 mm. go to the stalk; diameter of blade, .7 mm. Zopoteredo, new subgenus. In the present subgenus the posterior part overlaps the median part on the inside and is completely united with it, leaving no cavity between it and the median part at the anterior margin of the posterior part. In this respect the shell almost resembles Psiloteredo. In Psiloteredo, however, there is scarcely any indication of a suture at the junction of the anterior margin of the posterior part with the median part, while in the present subgenus there is a conspicuous demarcation. The pallet of the present form differs from all the other known Teredos in having the calcareous portion semi-disc shaped, that is, very short and broad, and the corneous portion partly slit and infolded in the median line on the outside, so as to practically divide that part into a double cup, as in Teredothyra, but this is not a true double cup, for it does not involve the calcareous portion. Type Teredo (Zopoteredo) clappi, new species. Teredo (Zopoteredo) clappi, new species. Clapp Shipworm. Shell subglobular, pale olivaceous horn colored. The anterior portion of the anterior part shows the usual curved sinus with a reflected smooth callus, from the edge of which the dental ridges radiate backward in a fan- shaped manner, spreading first downward and then backward. At the posterior extremity they are about half as wide as the dental ridges. The latter are finely serrated on their free border. In the type the umbones are largely eroded, but fifty-four ridges are present. It is probable that more than that number have been eroded. The posterior margin of the anterior part joins the anterior margin of the median part in a curved line. The anterior portion of the median part is very broad and crossed by prominent dental ridges, which join the ridges of the anterior part almost at right angles. The dental ridges of the median part are marked with numerous tubercles which are finely denticulated at their free margin. Of these, thirty-seven are present in the type in a line continuous with the ventral Bartsch—Additions to our Knowledge of Shipworms, 97 border of the anterior part. The middle median portion is narrow and marked by rough, curved lines. The posterior median portion is about half as wide as the anterior median portion, and is marked by rough, upward curved incremental lines. The posterior part or auricle is very narrow and separated from the posterior median portion by a narrow groove. The in- terior is bluish white. 'The umbones are quite strong, with the usual blade springing from the under side. The blade, which is scythe shaped, curves downward and forward. The junction of the anterior and median parts is marked by a thickened cord. The middle median portion is somewhat roughened and bears the usual knob at its ventral termination. The pos- terior part is attached to the posterior median portion in such a way that no cavity appears behind it, but there is a conspicuous groove showing the termination of the anterior margin of the posterior part. It is very broad and its extent would scarcely be surmised by the inconspicuous auricle shown on the outside. The pallets have a long, symmetrically curved stalk. The calcareous portion of the blade bends down over the stalk and invests it as a sheath for some little distance. The calcareous blade is short and rather broad, almost forming a semicircular disc. The corneous por- tion on the distal end is fully as long as the calcareous part, and bears a deep impression on its outer margin in a median line, which almost divides this part into a double cup, suggesting in that manner T'eredothyra. The outer portion of the calcareous lining of the burrow shows a double chambered tube with a calcareous rib at the lateral median border, which is evidently coincident with the bifid aspect of the corneous portion of the pallet. The type, Cat. No. 348189, U.S. N. M., was taken from a piece of oak timber, probably an old ship’s keel, by the author, at Key West, Florida, last June. The type measures: height, 4.8 mm.; length, 4.3 mm.; diameter, 42mm. The pallet measures: length, 3.5 mm., of which 2.3 mm. go to the stalk; diameter of blade, 1.2 mm. Cat. No. 348190, U. S. N. M., contains a lot of additional specimens from the same log, and Cat. No. 348188, U.S. N. M., an alcoholic specimen received from the Marine Piling Committee of the National Research Council, their No. 997 Y D 701A, transmitted by Dr. W. F. Clapp, for whom I take pleasure in naming the species. Teredo (Teredothyra) atwoodi, new species. Atwood Shipworm. Shell subglobular, pale brown. Umboneseroded. The anterior portion with a narrow, smooth zone anteriorly, which is slightly reflected backward as a thin callus. From this the dental ridges spread in a fan-shaped man- ner, curving first slightly downward then almost straight to the posterior margin of the anterior part. These ridges are triangular and exceedingly finely denticulated at their free margin, where they are separated by spaces a trifle wider than the width of the ridges. 47 of these are present in the type, though many must have been lost at the eroded umbone. These ridges join the dental ridges of the anterior median part almost at right angles. The anterior median portion is about three times as wide as the 98 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. middle and posterior median portions combined. The dental ridges are closely approximated, separated, in fact, by mere impressed lines, and bear numerous closely crowded, elongated tubercles, which have their long axes at right angles to the dental last. The middle median portion is about as wide as the posterior median portion, but the middle median portion is crossed by rather strong, curved lines of growth, which become enfeebled on the posterior median portion. The posterior part forms a slender auricle which projects as a weak claw. Interior pale brown. The umbonal knob only moderately strong, provided with a slender blade. The ventral knob also rather feeble. The anterior and median portion fuse in a tumid line. The posterior margin does not form a projecting shelf, but fuses with the posterior portion of the median part without a sign of suture. Pallets long, spatulate, bifurcated at the free end, where they are doubly cupped, with a short twisted stalk marked off from the blade by a raised ring. The caleareous tube lining shows two siphonal openings. The type, Cat. No. 348186, U.S. N. M., was taken from creosoted piles in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, and transmitted to me by Colonel William G. Atwood of the Committee on Marine Piling Investigations of the National Research Council, for whom I take pleasure in naming the species. It measures: height, 5.7 mm.; length, 5.8 mm.; diameter, 5.4 mm. The pallets measure: length, 9.5 mm., of which 2.5 mm. go to the stalk; diame- ter, 2.4 mm. An additional lot of specimens from the same station is entered as Cat. No. 348187, U.S. N. M. This species is the second of this subgenus known from the West Atlantic. The first one, Teredo (Teredothyra) dominicensis was described in my ‘‘Monograph of the American Shipworms,”’ Bulletin 122, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1922. The present species is at once distinguished from that by its much larger size. EKoteredo, new genus. Blade not projecting from the under side of the inside of the umbones, but attached to the middle of the broad shelf that constitutes the inward projection of the posterior part of the shell. Pallets unknown. Type Hoteredo philippinensis Bartsch. All the shipworms so far examined have the blade extending from the inside of the umbone. The present form marks an entirely different type of departure, for here it is attached to the middle of the shelf formed by the ‘inward projection of the auricle. I deem this sufficiently distinct to merit generic separation. It is unfortunate not to have pallets of this species, which would at once show to which of the three genera that I have recog- nized in my monograph the present genus is most nearly related. Eoteredo philippinensis, new species. Philippine Shipworm. Shell subglobular, yellowish white, with the posterior portion forming the merest trace of an auricle on the outside. Umbones eroded even in very young specimens. The anterior part very broad with its anterior portion nee a eS - =: ae Bartsch—Additions to our Knowledge of Shipworms. 99 terminating in a somewhat curved sinus, the edge of which is slightly reflected posteriorly asa thin callus. The rest of the anterior part is marked by dental ridges, which make an even open curve from the anterior margin ventrally, then posteriorly to their posterior termination, where they join with the dental ridges of the posterior median part. 82 of these ridges remain in the type and a good many more must have been eroded at the umbone. The ridges of this anterior portion are triangular with their free border finely, evenly serrated. The posterior median portion covers two-thirds of the posterior part, and is marked by dental ridges which join those of the anterior part at right angles. The denticles here are broad and sharply cusped. The median middle portion is about one-eighth the width of the posterior median portion and is marked by curved, rough lines of growth. The posterior median portion is about as wide as the middle median portion and marked by feebler continuations of the lines of growth than those that characterize the middle median portion. The posterior part, or auricle, constitutes a very small projection when viewed from the ~ outside, the merest indication of a claw, as it were. Interior bluish white. The anterior and median portion are marked by a roughened suture. The umbonal and ventral knobs are prominent. The erosion of the posterior umbonal region, even in young specimens, forms an opening in this region on the inside. Anteriorly this is bordered by a strong shelf which extends from the umbones to the posterior ventral margin as a shelf. From the under side of the middle of this shelf the broad blade bends down toward the ventral knob. It is the peculiar position of the blade in this instance which has prompted me to give to this form a generic designation. Pallets unknown. The type, Cat. No. 311281 U.S. N. M., comes from a piece of wood dredged at U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Station 5243, off Uanivan Island, Pujada Bay, S. E. Mindanao, in 218 fathoms on gray mud bottom. The type, the largest specimen, measures: height, 4.2 mm.; length, 3.9 mm.; thickness, 4.2 mm. Cat. No. 311282 U. 8. N. M., contains additional specimens which were obtained at the same station. Coeloteredo, new subgenus. In this subgenus the blade of the pallet forms a half hollow cone; that is, the outer portion is convex while the inner portion of the blade is almost flat. The entire structure is very thin. The stalk is short with the basal half expanded into an oval knob, which is fully three times as wide as the narrower neck of the stalk. Type Teredo (Coeloteredo) mindanensis, new species. Teredo (Coeloteredo) mindanensis, new species. Mindanao Shipworm. Shell small, subglobular, white, the extreme anterior portion of the anterior part with a moderately deep sinus that is covered with a smooth callus, which is slightly reflected over the exterior portion. The remaining 100 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. anterior part is crossed by moderately strong dental ridges which first bend downward and then backward in an even, gentle curve, separated at the posterior extremity by spaces about twice as wide as the dental ridges. These dental ridges slope a little more abruptly dorsally then ventrally, and are very finely denticulated at their free border. There are forty-two: of these in the type, in which the umbone is partly eroded. A perfect specimen would therefore show. a larger number. The anterior part of the median area is marked by closely crowded dental ridges, which are about as wide as those of the anterior area. The denticles of these are quite fine. Of these ridges twenty-two are present in a line parallel to the ventral margin of the anterior part. The middle median portion is slightly concave and crossed by the non-denticulated decidedly curved continua- tions of the dental ridges of the anterior median portion, and fine incre- mental lines. The posterior median portion is marked by rather rough lines of growth, and is a little wider than the anterior and middle portions of the median part combined. The posterior part is developed into a rather pronounced auricle, which is marked by a series of strong wavy lines, appearing almost like ridges. The posterior median part bends rather abruptly downward to join the auricle. The interior is white. The junction of the anterior and median portion is marked by a rather strong cord. The middle median portion forms a slightly depressed roughened groove, at the basal termination of which the usual strong knob is situated. The auricle overlaps the posterior median portion decidedly and forms a rather strong shelf. The cordlike markings described for the exterior are also apparent on the inside. A strong, somewhat irregular curved. blade extends from the inner side of the umbone two-thirds of the way toward the basal knob. The pallets consist of half a hollow cone; that is, the external portion is curved while the inner portion is almost flat. The cavity of the cone extends to the insertion of the stalk. The stalk is short and bears an expanded knob at its free end. The type, Cat. No. 310975, U.S. N. M. , was collected in a piece of wood dredged during the U. S. Bureau of eho ries Albatross Philippine Expedi- tion at Station 5252, in 28 fathoms on coral bottom, off Linao Point, Gulf of Davao, Mindanao. It measures: altitude, 2.2 mm.; length, 2.2 mm.; diameter, 2.2 mm. The pallets measure: length, 2.6 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm., of which 1.2 mm. go to the stalk. A lot of specimens from the same piece of wood are entered as Cat. No. 246127, U.S. N. M. . Nototeredo, new subgenus. Shell as in Neoteredo; that is, with the posterior part so attached to the posterior median portion of the median part as to form a decided shelf, which projects inward. Pallets spoon shaped as in Psiloteredo. Type Teredo (Nototeredo) edax Hedley. In my “‘ Monograph of the American Shipworms,” Bull. 122, U.S. Nat. Mus., 1922, I recognized among those having spoon shaped, not terminally cupped pallets, two subgenera, Teredora and Psiloteredo. In Teredora we have the posterior part shaped like a spatula and attached to the posterior Bartsch—Additions to our Knowledge of Shipworms. 101 portion of the median part in such a way that a shelf projects inward about as much as the auricle projects outward. In Teredora, too, the pallets have a nail-like depression on the outside which may be marked by concentric lines of growth, or these may become even riblike, and here we may have longitudinally radiating riblets, usually confined to the basal portion of the nail-like part. These, likewise, may be strong and riblike. In Psiloteredo the posterior part fuses with the posterior median portion in such a manner on the inside that no shelf projects. In fact, in some of the species it is difficult to note even the suture. The pallets are spoon shaped, with the outer distal portion slightly excavated. In the present subgenus we have the posterior portion projecting inwardly over the posterior median part to form a strong shelf, as in Neoteredo. It differs from this at once by the possession of entirely different pallets, which are like those of Psiloteredo. I am indebted to Mr. C. Walton, Peterhead, South Australia, for a lot of specimens of this species recently received, which reveal the fact that a new group designation is required to embrace it. REAVIAN NRT Ratt Bey FPA Uy VER Wine a : j Vol. 36, pp. 103-138 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS | OF THE GICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON a is E . \\ \ y i i g 4 t 3 co WY |} ~? Ona, mue (aes —=-——s« BY VERNON BAILEY. EK DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. INTRODUCTION. The first formal list of the mammals of the District of Colum- é ___ pia,! comprising 38 species, was published in 1896. Since then | nine additional species have been taken within the area, many | interesting notes have accumulated, a number of technical names have been changed, and the old list has become quite inade- quate for the present growing interest in outdoor life. The long-felt need of brief untechnical descriptions of species to aid ‘y in the identification of the obscure or rare forms is now sup- | plied. It is to be hoped that a closer study of our local fauna | will add other species to the list and that fuller notes on habits e: will render a future revision still more satisfactory than the present. AREA INCLUDED. ¢As in the previous list a circular area with a radius of 20 | miles from the Capitol as a center is adopted. This seems to a represent the original animal life of the District of Columbia better than does the area within the present restricted boundary lines of the District, much of which is now occupied by the city proper. All but a very few of the notes however refer to the inner half of this radius and most of them to the original 10 mile ' square formerly included within the District. The present ve area reaches well beyond the farthest corners of the Geological a Survey quadrangle and includes many swamps, marshes, glens, _ ¢liffs, and forested areas, now not fully explored, that promise worthy discoveries. Not half and probably not a quarter of it has been carefully examined or trapped over for mammals. 1List of Mammals of the District of Columbia, by Vernon Bailey, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. X, pp. 93-101, May 28, 1896. ' 19—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wass., Vou. 36,1923. (103) 104 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. HISTORICAL. The early natural history of the District of Columbia, includ- ing records of mammals for the region about Washington has been well presented by W. L. McAtee, in Bulletin I., of the Biological Society in 1918, but there is still a rich field in old journals and manuscripts and in obscure publications which will eventually throw much light on the actual conditions of the animal fauna in its primitive state. Of the mammals known formerly to occur in or near the District of Columbia, but no longer found here, may be noted the buffalo, elk, white-tailed deer, beaver, panther, wolf, mar- ten, black bear, and the bottle-nosed dolphin, or porpoise. The porpoise was last seen in the river near Georgetown in 1884, and was then common in the lower part of the Potomac, but has now become scarce.! Being more or less migratory in habits its reappearance is not improbable. - ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. My own notes have been freely supplemented by those of other members of the Biological Survey and the Biological Society. So far as possible credit is given with each note, but for the preservation of specimens and the records that go with them it is obviously impossible to give full credit in all cases. Even a list of those who have actually contributed to the net results would include most of the local naturalists from Baird down to the present time, and include, besides mammalogists, a large number of ornithologists, entomologists, herpetologists, conchologists, botanists, and others with only the keen outdoor interest of the world in which we live. For more than the ordinary contributions of specimens and notes, however, I wish to- express my indebtedness to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Dr. E. W. Nelson, Dr. A. K. Fisher, Dr. T. S. Palmer, Dr. Wilfred H. Osgood, Mr. Morris M. Green, Mr. Edward A. Preble, Mr. A. H. Howell, Mr. N. Hollister, Major E. A. Goldman, Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., Dr. Charles W. Rich- mond, and Mr. J. H. Riley. FAUNAL POSITION. The District of Columbia lies wholly within the Carolinian division of the Upper Austral Zone, but in a comparatively 1The'Pastime, Vol. 3, No. 2, p. 16, Aug., 1884. Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 105 narrow belt between the Austroriparian, which comes the up coast as far as Norfolk; and the Alleghanian, which follows down ° the mountains only a short distance to the westward. As a natural result of proximity a few Alleghanian species drift down the streams and find footholds on the cold slopes of high banks and cliffs, and in cold gulches, or in cold swamps and sphagnum bogs, where very local conditions afford more or less congenial environment. Microsorex from near the hemlock slopes on the west side of the Potomac above Plummer Island, and Synap- tomys from the sphagnum swamps near Hyattsville are good examples. The red squirrel is here on the edge of its zone, which is mainly Alleghanian. The red-backed mouse (Hvotomys) may yet be found on some of the cold slopes of the river bluffs. On the other hand the Austroriparian rice rat (Oryzomys palustris) reaches up from the south with the live oaks almost to the edge of the District (to near Colonial Beach, Virginia) and will probably be added to the District list when the Patuxent marshes are explored. There is one specimen of the southern shrew (Sorex longirostris) recorded for the District, and the Carolina shrew Blarina brevicauda carolinensis comes close to the southern border. The golden mouse (Peromyscus nuttallit) was recorded for the District in 1861 by Haley in Philp’s “Washington Described,” but as no specimens are known to have been taken nearer than the Dismal Swamp, Virginia, this Austroriparian species is not included in the present list. A number of specimens of the Rafinesque bat (Nycticeius humer- alis), which is mainly an Austroriparian species, are merely the free wanderers of a winged species near the edge of its real zone. Class MAMMALIA: Warm-blooded animals that nurse their young. Order MARSUPIALIA: Pouched animals. Family DIDELPHIIDAE: Opossums, ete. OPOSSUM, VIRGINIA OPOSSUM. Didelphis virginiana virginiana Kerr, In size the opossum about equals the ordinary house cat. It has naked ears, long nearly naked, prehensile tail, and soft gray fur. The female has an external abdominal pouch, in which the young are carried and nursed for about 76 days after birth before they first emerge. The period of gesta- tion is about 16 days, and the young when born are very rudimentary, about the size of small navy beans, weighing about a fifth of a gram each. An adult male measures in total length 780, tail 298, hind foot 70 mm.; 106 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. in inches, 30.7, 11.8, 2.75. A large male caught near Woodley Road in December, 1919, weighed 8 pounds. Opossums are common about Washington, where their tracks may be seen on the muddy or sandy shores of creeks and ponds, or sometimes in fresh snow. The print of the projecting thumb on the hind foot character- izes the track, as well as the pointed nose and little eyes do the face. Mainly nocturnal and great wanderers at night they are rarely seen in the daytime unless routed out of an old burrow, a hollow log or tree, from among the rocks, or under a brush heap. They are good climbers and when chased by the dogs will go to the tops of the tallest trees. In the spring of 1894 I found one fast asleep on a large branch of a white oak near the Adams Mill Road entrance to the Zoological Park, and since then others have been found in the trees in the heart of the city where they had wandered during the night. A few are usually kept in the Zoological Park, but are too sleepy to be of much interest to diurnal visitors. J. H. Riley tells me of a Negro who with the aid of a dog caught over seventy opossums in one fall and winter near Falls Church. A female notfyet fully grown was brought to me by Frederick Coville, in December, 1917, from a night hunt near Washington. I kept her in a box most of the winter, feeding her scraps from the table. Any kind of meat was eagerly eaten, as were vegetables, cereals, fruit, milk, and a great variety of food.@Ingfact anything edible was rarely refused. She was perfectly tame butjslow and stupid and would rather ‘“‘play possum”’ than run away. In the spring she was sent to the Zoological Park, and on May 21, placed in a cage with a mate. On August 28 she was found to have seventeen young, probably several weeks old, which had just emerged from the pouch. Evidently the family was too large for one small mother to raise, nine to ‘eleven being the usual number, and seven of these died. Thirteen and fourteen were the highest previous records I had known, but J. H. Riley reports a large female captured by a neighbor near Falls Church, which was said to have seventeen young. Riley himself found a female in a hollow log late in April, with nine very small young in the pouch, each fastened to a nipple. During the winter fat opossums are temptingly displayed in Center Market, where usually offered at the moderate prices of 50 cents to $1.50 each. When scalded and the hair removed they much resemble fat pigs and by many are considered a great delicacy. They are tender and of good flavor, but usually very rich and oily. Their light gray fur is long and soft, and when in prime condition is so attractive that in recent years it has been much worn as capes, collars, and muffs. Order GLIRES: Gnawers. Family SCIURIDAE: Squirrels, chipmunks, woodchucks, etc. RED SQUIRREL. Sciurus hudsonicus loquax Bangs. These are the smallest of our tree squirrels, about half the size of the gray squirrels. Their upperparts are bright reddish brown, brightest in winter a = Se Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 107 and with a black stripe along each side in summer, and the lower parts are mainly white. Adults measure in total length about 340, tail 137, hind foot 50 mm.; in inches 13.4, 5.4, 2. From 1902 to 1906 red squirrels were common in the woods of the Zoological Park and about Washington, but in recent years they have become very scarce and are rarely seen near the city, though in 1918 Dr. Dearborn told me they were common near his place at Linden, Maryland, between the District line and Takoma Park, and Riley reports them still so common near Falls Church as to be something of a nuisance among culti- vated nuts. Specimens in the U.S. National Museum were collected near Washington in 1886, by Dr. C. Hart Merriam; in 1888 by M. M. Green; in 1889 by Dr. A. K. Fisher; in 1896 by Vernon Bailey; at Laurel, Maryland, in 1886 by George Marshall; at Baileys Crossroads, Virginia, in 1888 by E. M. Hasbrouck; at Falls Church, Virginia, in 1896 by C. G. Rorebeck, and in 1897 by James H. Gaut; at Four Mile Run, Virginia, in 1897 by W. H. Osgood; at Marshall Hall, Maryland, in 1899 by Dr. Sylvester D. Judd, and at Plummer Island, Maryland, in 1908 by H.S. Barber. The same year Dr. A. K. Fisher reported one seen swimming across the Potomac near Plummer Island, and in 1914 another living near the cabin until caught and eaten by a Cooper hawk. He also reported them on the island in 1919 and 1920. In December, 1906, W. L. McAtee saw one feeding on seeds of the tulip tree in Rock Creek Park. Some years ago they were common in the Soldiers Home grounds, and Preble tells me they were formerly common at Marshall Hall, and that one or two lived in a pine grove near Wisconsin Avenue and Fulton Street in 1919. I have seen a few in Rock Creek Park, near the Bureau of Standards, near Hyattsville, and in the woods west of the Potomac River, and occasionally have heard their cheery ch-r-r-r-r-r-r where they were not seen. Their bulky nests of grass, moss, and cedar bark fibers are sometimes seen in the branches of trees and usually can be distinguished from the gray squirrel nests by their smaller size and finer material, and from flying squirrel nests by larger size and coarser material. They also make their nests in the hollows of trees. Nuts and acorns generally furnish these squirrels an abundance of food but they have a wider range of diet than the gray squirrels and eat many seeds, berries, and mushrooms. They are beautiful and attractive little squirrels, and their decrease in abundance would be more regrettable but for the fact that they are known occasionally to rob the nests of birds. CAROLINA GRAY SQUIRREL. Sciurus carolinensis carolinensis Gmelin. The native gray squirrels are about twice as large as red squirrels, and a little more than half as large as fox squirrels. Their tails are large and puffy, the upperparts clear brownish gray and the lowerparts white. Total length 480, tail 220, hind foot 66 mm.; in inches 18.9, 8.7, 2.6. An old female that came to my windowsill for peanuts and sat on the scales to eat 108 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. them weighed 1 pound and 7 ounces. Another female weighed 1 pound, 8 ounces. From the beginning of my own observations in the District in 1891 gray squirrels were common in the woods around Washington up to the edges of the city. They were frequently seen at the edges of Washington Heights, and on the hill around the old house since used as an office for the Zoological Park, and throughout the extensive areas of the Zoological, Rock Creek, and Woodley parks, the Soldiers Home, Marshall Hall, and Mount Vernon. They were also found in the extensive woods along both sides of the Potomac River above Georgetown, but in unprotected woods were exceed- ingly shy and rarely seen. The extensive areas of native forest with old hollow walnut, butternut, hickory, chestnut, beech, and oak trees afforded safe retreats and an abundance of choice food for the squirrels which lived in their hollows or built bulky nests of sticks and leaves in their branches. In 1894 E. A. Preble saw one in the Smithsonian grounds, but whether this was an escaped pet or a wanderer from the suburban parks was not known. Later several lots of squirrels were released in the parks. The late Dr. Wm. L. Ralph purchased many gray squirrels and liberated them in the Smithsonian grounds, where up to the time of his death in 1907, he fed and cared for them in both fair and stormy weather with keen interest and enjoyment, as recorded by Dr. A. K. Fisher in his biography. They soon became common in the Mall, in the fine old forest then stretching from the Capitol grounds to the Monument, and spread to the White House grounds, LaFayette Square, and other city parks. In 1900 they were a common feature of the parks, and were occasionally seen along the tree-lined streets in town. Since hunting with guns and dogs was first prohibited in the District (in 1906), the squirrels have not only in- creased in numbers, but become comparatively tame in the woods as well as in the city parks. In 1909 an old squirrel took up her residence in a bird house in the hickory tree in my back yard at 1834 Kalorama Road, and on the 28th of the follow- ing February she had 4 young in the nest. They were not seen out of the box until April 2 when nearly half grown squirrels. ‘They were soon able to take care of themselves and were apparently weaned about May 20. This was the earliest litter noted, but others have been born early in March. Young have been raised in my yard every year since, and often an old squirrel raises a second litter of young which appear out of the nest in September or October. Four is the regular number of young, but there have been two litters of five. Alley cats catch some of the young squirrels and occasionally an old one, but for over twenty years I have managed to keep one or two families of squirrels around the place to the great delight of the neighborhood children and to our own constant enjoyment. In the parks the squirrels are a continual source of interest and pleasure to thousands of children and invalids, as well as to the general public who hurry by with a look, a word, or a peanut for greeting. During snowy weather the squirrels are sometimes fed by the District police, and with nuts and acorns from the trees and peanuts from passersby they generally Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 109 _ fare well. In dry weather, however, they often have to go a long distance for water as they are thirsty animals, requiring water at least once a day and drinking several times a day if a supply is available. Often they are obliged to leave a locality where water is not to be had. At times, especially in spring, they are greatly pestered by fleas and mites. If noticed scratching or if they show rough and patchy coats, a teaspoonful of good flea powder (pyrethrum) mixed with a teaspoonful of powdered sulphur, thrown into their nests, will usually destroy both pests. The squirrels sometimes cause annoyance by digging up the freshly planted bulbs in our yards in winter, but will rarely disturb them when set down five inches below the surface of the ground where they are also safe from too early sprouting. The psychological value of a defenseless wild animal in our midst to be } protected, fed and guarded by the people through interest rather than by force of law, can not be overestimated. BLACK SQUIRREL; NORTHERN GRAY SQUIRREL. Sciurus carolinensis leucotis (Gapper). The northern squirrels are slightly larger than the Carolina. Their upperparts are clear light gray in winter, and brownish gray in summer in the gray phase, but they are more or less dichromatic, in some localities a few and in others half or nearly all of the individuals being black all over. Measurements, total length 500, tail 220, hind foot 70 mm.; in inches, 19.7, 8.6, 2.7. Black individuals of these squirrels have been introduced and liberated in the National Zoological Park and evidently are increasing, spreading, and breeding true to color. Mr. N. Hollister, Superintendent of the Park, on March 11, 1919, contributed the following note: Two shipments of black squirrels have been received from Ontario and _ liberated in the Park. The first shipment of ten was from Rondeau Provincial Park, Morpeth, Ontario, May 18, 1906; and these squirrels were immediately liberated in the northwestern part of the Zoo where they were very much at home. They have since been constantly in the Park, especi- ally from the vicinity of the great flight cage to the Klingle Valley, and they have spread northward to Cleveland Park and nearly to Chevy Chase. During the winter of 1919 two appeared near the Park office and they are now frequently seen in the vicinity. FOX SQUIRREL. Sciurus niger neglectus (Gray). The fox squirrels are the largest of our squirrels, being nearly twice as heavy as the gray, with rich buffy or orange lowerparts, and buffy or yellow- ish gray upperparts, with crown and nose often blackish. Total length 598, tail 289, hind foot 78 mm.; in inches 23.5, 11.4, 3.1. Fox squirrels are now rare in the vicinity of Washington, but apparently not entirely exterminated. In 1905 I saw one on the Virginia side of the Potomac just above Plummer Island; on October 22, 1916, Francis Harper 110 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. saw one just above Great Falls on the Maryland side of the river; and in September, 1919, J. H. Riley reported one killed about 3 miles south of Falls Church. There are specimens in the U. S. National Museum from Maryland, taken at Laurel, Patuxent River at Priest Bridge, and North Chesapeake Beach, and from Virginia at Accotink, Hampstead, Clark County, and at Blumegrove, Bluemont, Osso, and Hightown. The squirrels brought into Center Market for sale every winter are said to come from Virginia, but no definite locality can be assigned to them by the dealers. They probably come from the foothills and mountains con- siderably west of Washington. In 1861 Haley in Philp’s ‘‘ Washington Described”’ says (p. 23), “‘The most interesting species is the cat squirrel (Sciurus cinereus), a very large, heavy kind occurring in different varieties of color, as red, gray, and black. It is confined to a limited area in Vir- ginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Delaware, and New Jersey.”’ Highly prized game animals, these large and handsome squirrels have been persistently hunted until on the verge of extermination over much of their original range. But for their great intelligence and skill in hiding and keeping out of sight they would long since have vanished from our remnants of forest. If as vigorously protected as they have been persecuted they would soon increase and again we should see their long plumy leaps through the trees and hear their husky barking in our too-silent forests. They are superb squirrels, in size and beauty far surpassing the grays and just as easily tamed. In Ann Arbor, Detroit, Madison, and other cities they are as common and tame in the city parks and streets as our gray squirrels are here. Fox squirrels, some of which may be of southern forms, have been liber- ated at various times in the Zoological Park and have been observed from time to time during the past few years in Cleveland Park and adjoining wooded sections. Mr. N. Hollister, superintendent of the Park, reports importations of seven from Wichita, Kansas, in 1899; of one from South Carolina, in 1902; of eight from Arion, lowa, in 1903; of one from Richmond, Virginia, in 1904; and one from Columbia, Tennessee, in 1916. CHIPMUNK. Tamias striatus striatus (Linnaeus). Chipmunks are considerably smaller than the red squirrels, with slender tails and shorter legs. The five black and two white or buffy stripes on the rusty brown back distinguish them from any other eastern mammal. An adult measures in total length 233, tail 88, hind foot 35 mm.; in inches 7.2, 3.5, 1.4. These little striped ground squirrels are fairly common in many of the patches of woods around Washington, up to the very edge of the city, where cats are not too numerous. They are occasionally seen running over the ground and over logs or rocks, or even up the trunks of trees, for they are good climbers. They live in hollow trees, logs, or holes in the ground where they build soft nests and lay up stores of nuts, seeds, and grain for winter use, filling their capacious cheek pouches and emptying them in the storage Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 111 chambers near their nests. They also become well covered with fat in the autumn, and during the cold weather of winter hibernate for a long or short - period according to the weather. Farther north they hibernate for about five months, but here they may be seen out of their dens at any time of winter during a period of warm weather. They are generally sleepy and quiet until their breeding season begins in March or April. Late in summer and in autumn their rapid chipper of alarm is most often heard and occasionally also the slow chuck, chuck, chuck, of their call note. They feed on a great variety of nuts, acorns, seeds, berries, insects, lizards, and such small game as they can catch. As pets they will eat a great variety of scraps from the table and are gentle and full of bright interesting ways. SOUTHERN WOODCHUCK; GROUND HOG. Marmota monax monax (Linnaeus). The woodchuck is a heavy, short-legged animal with short ears and short bushy tail, in color grayish brown above and rusty below, with blackish tail and feet. When full grown it will measure in total length about 665, tail 153, hind foot 88 mm.; in inches 26, 6, 3.5, and weigh about 10 or 12 pounds. Woodchucks are common on the bluffs on both sides of the Potomac River above Chain Bridge, and on High Island, Plummer Island, Scott Island, Cupids Bower, and other islands in the river. Riley reports a very few at Falls Church and they occur in some numbers in the farming country between there and the Potomac, as well as in other locations around the District. Hollister reports one seen in the Zoological Park in 1919. The abundance of rocks along the river bluffs afford them unusually safe retreats in which to escape dogs and other enemies. On Plummer Island where no dogs are allowed, a few woodchucks became quite tame and come out on the rocks close to the cabin where the club members can watch them feeding or sitting in the sunshine. They generally select rocky slopes, or steep hill- sides for their dens and burrows, but also make large and conspicuous burrows on level ground, in the woods, or occasionally out in fields. Their trails and burrows may often be found, but usually the animals are very shy and keep out of sight when people are around. Their loud whistle is sometimes heard from a considerable distance, and it is generally a warning note to others of the family that danger is approaching. Woodchucks feed mainly on green vegetation, and are especially fond of clover and most farm crops, so it is necessary to keep their numbers well reduced in farming districts. In woods and wild land they do no harm and add much of interest to the quiet places. In autumn they become very fat and during the coldest part of winter hibernate deep down in their burrows. In this climate they may come - out on warm days in winter, but farther north they hibernate securely for about five or six months. On March 26, 1917, Prof. D. E. Lantz noted thirty-eight woodchucks displayed in Center Market for food. Three days later thirty-six of them 112 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. had been sold for a dollar a piece. By many they are highly prized as game animals. Family PETAURISTIDAE: Flying squirrels. FLYING SQUIRREL. Glaucomys volans volans (Linnaeus). The small flying squirrels of the Eastern States are scarcely as large as chipmunks, but when spread on their two broad membranes into a nearly square, flat gliding plane, steered by the wide, horizontally flattened tail, they look much larger than they really are. They have large black eyes, short ears, soft silky fur of a drab gray on the upperparts and creamy white below. Adults measure in total length 232; tail 101, hind foot 30 mm.; in inches, about 9.1, 4, 1.2. In the woods around Washington up to the very edges of the city they are fairly common, although rarely seen on account of their strictly noc- turnal habits. In 1888 and 1889 Morris M. Green found several pairs living in woodpecker holes in trees along Rock Creek, in the Soldiers Home Grounds, and along Eastern Branch. One day in 1893 Preble and Has- brouck found at least fifteen in woodpecker holes in two dead oak stubs near Mount Vernon, discovering them by pounding on the trees in which they lived. One got into a trap I had set for a wood rat at the west end of Chain Bridge, and I have often made them fly from a hollow tree just below the Connecticut Avenue Bridge, and in many places in Rock Creek Park. At Falls Church Riley reported finding twelve living in hollows in one tree, and one that he saw sail to a tree 90 feet from its starting point. Generally they live in hollow trees or old woodpecker nest holes, but in 1902, when trapping with Theodore Roosevelt, Jr., we found several of their nests in -the dense evergreen tops of red cedar trees along Broad Branch where we could go at any time and tap on the trees and see the squirrels come out and fly away to the nearest trees. The nests were neat balls of finely shredded cedar bark with round holes at one side like marsh wrens’ nests. On April 12, 1917, at our Boy Scout camp on the Virginia side of the river just above Plummer Island, E. A. Preble and Francis Harper found a family of young flying squirrels in a bark nest in the fork of a tree at the ‘edge of camp. The young were examined very gently, but the following morning the old squirrel had removed them to safer quarters. A family of 6 young reported by Prof. Lantz at Silver Spring, Maryland, left their nest about July 20, 1917. On Plummer Island in 1906 Dr. Fisher had five of his seventeen gourds, hung on trees on the island, occupied by flying squirrels, and on May 17, 1908, an old female was nursing her young in one of the gourds not far from the cabin. In the sixth story of the Ontario Apartments Mr. Henshaw for several winters has fed flying squirrels on his windowsill at night. They would come up the stucco walls and enter his room if the window was open, sometimes burying nuts under his sofa cushions and behind his books. In the still woods at night one often hears their fine shrill squeak or whistle, and occasionally a soft little pat as one alights on the side of a tree, iN r ‘ f 4 Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 113 but for such common animals they are little noticed. They may be found in the daytime by pounding with a hatchet on the base of an old tree that contains a hollow or an old woodpecker hole and watching to see if a little round head and black eyes appear at the door. If one does appear more vigorous pounding will generally send it off on wide spread membranes to the next tree and often to the next and the next. They are often caught by boys and tamed, and if taken young make delightfully gentle and interesting pets. The only trouble is they want to sleep all day and play all night. Family MURIDAE: Rats, mice, ete. NORWAY RAT. Rattus norvegicus (Erxleben). The common Norway, brown, wharf, or house rats with their pointed noses, small eyes and ears, nearly naked tails, and coarse brown fur are the embodiment of all that is offensive in the rodent family. Large individuals ' will measure in total length 415, tail 192, hind foot 43 mm.; in inches 16.3, 7.5, 1.7, and weigh about a pound, rarely two pounds. Usually quarter or half grown individuals are seen, as fortunately few ever reach extreme old age. Natives of the Old World these rats came to America in ships about 1775, and have spread over a large part of the continent. They are numerous throughout Washington and the District of Columbia, not only in dwellings, stables, storehouses, markets, along the wharves, in the alleys and back yards where cover and food can be found, but in parks, fields, and gardens, and especially around dump heaps and trash deposits. In places they swarm on the river flats burrowing in dikes and banks, in dry weather living in the flat ground or among rocks or under cover of dense vegetation, brush, or logs. They eat almost anything that is edible and unlike most small mammals seem indifferent about cleanliness or sanitation. They run through mud and sewage and swim across streams and are often filthy and covered with sores and with the fleas that convey bubonic plague to human beings. They breed rapidly, beginning when half grown and producing 6 or 8 to 12 or 13 young at frequent intervals throughout the year. They cause great loss of property, are a menace to health and should be destroyed at every opportunity.1 Owls are their greatest enemies and should be carefully pro- tected. Dr. Fisher has taken 434 rat skulls from barn owl pellets found in the Smithsonian towers. BLACK RAT. Rattus rattus rattus (Linnaeus). The black rat is smaller and slenderer than the brown rat, with much longer, slenderer tail, larger ears and eyes, and generally of a dull or plumbe- ous black color all over. A medium sized adult measures in total length 397, tail 223, foot 36, and ear (dry) 20 mm.; in inches approximately 15.6, 8.8, 1.4, .8. 1See Bull. No. 33, Biological Survey, U. 8. Dept. of Agr. Also more recent circulars. 114 ~~ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. These rats are native in the islands of the western Pacific but have been carried in ships to ports all over the world. They were brought to America before the brown rats were known here, and at one time were the common rat of the Eastern States, but have gradually disappeared before the larger species, except along the shores or near shipping ports. Two specimens were taken in Center Market in January and February, 1912, supposed to have been brought in boxes of dates from Egypt. Another, apparently of this species, was taken alive April 20, 1923, on a river boat at the Seventh Street wharf, and others may be expected at any time along the Potomac water front. ROOF RAT. Rattus rattus alexandrinus (Geoffroy). The roof rat is very similar in proportions and general characters to the black rat, but is usually grayish brown above and white below. A fair sized individual measures in total length 435, tail 230, foot 37, and ear (dry) 21 mm.; in inches approximately 17, 9, 1.4, .8. Native in the more southern islands of the western Pacific these rats have been carried in ships over much of the world. They rarely penetrate to a great distance from the coast and seem never to have been recorded from the vicinity of Washington until very recently when several were taken alive, in April, 1923, on one of the river freight boats at the Seventh Street wharf, They are evidently kept away from the cities and settlements by the larger and fiercer brown rats, but are occasionally found in the Southern States in the woods and along streams, where they climb trees and vines and make their nests when possible well above the ground and out of the reach of numerous enemies. HOUSE MOUSE. Mus musculus musculus Linnaeus. The common house mouse, with its sharp nose, small eyes, long, tapering tail, and mouse gray or mouse brown fur and rank mousey odor is too well known to most people. An adult specimen measures in total length 160, tail 80, hind foot 19 mm.; in inches 6.3, 3.1, .75; and weighs about 20 grams. There is no record of their first introduction from the Old World to America, but it may have been in the Mayflower. They are now almost all over the settled parts of the continent, and are usually most numerous in the cities, and in and around buildings, but in many places have become established in fields and waste places. In Washington they are numerous about buildings, in the alleys, under rubbish or any cover in back yards or vacant lots, in lumber piles, wood piles, and especially in weed patches or tall grass in parks or waste places. Potomac Park and the flats along the river and creeks were swarming with them before they were cleared and kept mowed and clean. They are found on almost every farm, not only in buildings, but in the fields and along fence rows from which they enter the grain fields and shocks and stacks. ¥ ) ‘ Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 115 As their name indicates, they prefer to live indoors, in basements and _ cellars and attics, between walls, floors, and ceilings of houses, or in store- ‘a rooms, barns or granaries, where they occasion much annoyance and loss of property. They crowd into buildings during the first cold weather of winter, seeking protection, warmth and food. A few mouse traps well baited with rolled oats, bread, or bacon, or better with all three, will usually keep them caught out of any building. Dr. Richmond, a bird lover, who does not keep cats, finds that by trapping the mice thoroughly at the beginning of winter he has little trouble for the rest of the year. Dr. Fisher has taken 817 skulls from the pellets regurgitated by barn owls which formerly inhabited the towers of the Smithsonian building. WHITE-FOOTED MOUSE. Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis (Fischer). The white-footed mouse, woods mouse, or deer mouse, is about the size of the house mouse, but with larger eyes and ears, softer fur, and much brighter, prettier expression. The upperparts are buffy brown, and the feet and lowerparts and lower half of the tail pure white. The young are slaty gray. Adults measure in total length approximately 175, tail 73, hind foot 20 mm.; in inches 6.9, 2.8, .75. Weight about 20 to 24 grams. These bright little native mice are common in the woods up to the very edges of Washington, but are nocturnal and rarely seen except by naturalists and boys who take enough interest in the wild creatures around them to want to make their acquaintance. They are found in hollow trees or logs, or in walls, banks, or rock piles where they make soft nests in well hidden cavities from which they come out at night and gather seeds or grain and nuts for food. They climb trees and are as active, bright, and pretty as squirrels. Only rarely do they enter buildings, or do any serious mischief unless in grain fields, where they help themselves to a small amount of grain or dig up some of the planted seeds. They are too quick and nervous for good pets, but are extremely interest- ing in captivity, and very fond of spinning their hollow wheels or revolving disks at night. WOOD RAT. Neotoma pennsylvanica Stone. These native rats differ greatly in both appearance and habits from the house rats, although about the same size. They have large ears and eyes, very long mustaches, round hairy tails, and soft fur. The upperparts are buffy gray, lowerparts and feet pure white. An adult specimen measures in total length 388, tail 172, hind foot 42 mm.; in inches 15.2, 6.7, 1.6. Wood rats are common in cliffs, caves, and rock slides along the west side of the Potomac River from Chain Bridge to Great Falls, but no trace of them has been found on the east side of the river, even in the most ideal situations, and only recently have they appeared on Plummer Island. They live among the rocks and in places block the doorways of their little caves and clefts with sticks, chips, and bark and such other building material as they can find and carry. Scattered remains of food plants, nut 116 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. and acorn shells, and sometimes dry or freshly cut green plants mark the ~ entrances of their dens and their long black pellets scattered about near by are unmistakable evidence of their presence. They are mainly nocturnal but I have seen them running among the rocks when disturbed in the day- time. They have a musky odor but the flesh is white and delicate and better than that of squirrel or rabbit. The two to four young are raised in soft nests among the rocks. VIRGINIA MUSKRAT. Fiber zibethicus macrodon Merriam. Muskrats with their thin, naked, flattened, rudder tails, large webbed hind feet, short ears, and coats of dense soft fur are fitted for a life passed mainly in the water. In color they vary from a golden brown to dark brown and black, with paler lowerparts. Adults measure in average total length 620, tail 274, hind foot 88 mm.; in inches 24.5, 10.7, 3.4. Muskrats are common in all suitable localities about Washington, in the marshes on both sides of the Potomac, as well as in Rock Creek and many other small tributary streams. E. A. Preble tells me they used to be common in natural ponds on the Potomac flats near the present site of the Lincoln Memorial.- Hollister in his ‘“‘Synopsis of the Muskrats’’ lists ‘specimens from Washington, Kensington, Forest Glen, Branchville, Laurel, Broadwater, and Arlington. They have been seen in broad daylight in the Zoological Park swimming in Rock Creek. In the marshes along both sides of Anacostia River muskrat houses are common and a few are usually seen from the railroad in the ponds and marshes just west of the bridge across the Potomac. The creek banks are in many places perforated by their burrows as along the streams muskrats generally live in bank dens ‘rather than houses. Large numbers of skins are brought to the market by local trappers from the big marshes farther down the river, and during thefopen season muskrat meat is one of the standard articles of game in Center Market where it is usually sold under the name of ‘‘marsh rabbit.”” The meat is dark but of very good flavor and quite free from the musky odor that is often noticeable on the skins. MEADOW MOUSE; FIELD MOUSE. Microtus pennsylvanicus pennsylvanicus (Ord). These are heavy bodied, short eared, short tailed, short legged little field mice with small beady eyes and long soft, dark brown or blackishfur. They measure in total length about 171, tail 46, hind foot 21 or 22 mm. ;{in inches 6.7, 1.8, .76; and weigh from 35 to 45 grams, rarely 56 grams. They are probably the most abundant native mammals all around and up to the very edges of Washington, and even press into the city and have been . taken in the city parks and on vacant lots. They fairly swarmed over the river flats and marshes, including Potomac Park, until the ground was cleared of weeds and wild grass, and seeded down and kept mowed and clean. Up to 1919 many places in Potomac Park were honeycombed with 1k d \ —— ee ar Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 117 their burrows and runways. Soft clean nests are made of fine grass and leaves, either underground or on the surface, where the young are born and raised, and where much of their time is spent. From the burrows they make little roads or runways over the surface of the ground, under grass or weeds, or the cover of vegetation, and along these runways are strewn frag- ments of cut grass and plant stems from remains left from their food. They feed mainly on green vegetation, roots, and bark, but are also fond of seeds and grain and do considerable mischief in fields and orchards. They breed rapidly, producing four to eight young ata time at frequent intervals through- out the year, and if protected from their natural enemies increase at an astonishing rate. Owls and many hawks feed on them extensively and keep their numbers within bounds, without which no crops could be raised. From the barn owl pellets in the Smithsonian towers Dr. Fisher has taken the skulls of 3,730 meadow mice. PINE MOUSE. Microtus pinetorum scalopsoides (Audubon and Bachman). These little brown mice are smaller than the meadow mice with relatively shorter ears, tails, feet, and fur. The fur is more velvety in texture and the color is a dull chestnut brown above and buffy brown below. They measure in total length about 125, tail 20, hind foot 16 or 17 mm., in inches 4.9, .75, .60. They are found all through the woods and fields and uplands around Washington up to the edges of the city and are often associated with the pine timber on dry, sandy ridges. They are by no means restricted to pine timber however, and may be found almost anywhere except on low, wet ground. They live in burrows that often take the form of ridges, the ground being pushed up from just below the surface in long ridges that may be traced for rods over mellow soil. These are usually not so high or large nor the tunnels so large as those of moles, but in many cases the mice use the mole runways. They also make surface runways under cover of leaves, grass, and weeds, and in the covered runs safely penetrate fields, gardens, and open ground. Pine mice live extensively on roots, tubers, bulbs, and the bark from roots and stems of many plants, including trees and shrubs. - In orchards and yards they are especially mischievous, killing many fruit trees and flower- ing or ornamental shrubs, often taking all the bulbs from flower beds and destroying garden vegetables. They store bulbs and seeds in the burrows and at Falls Church, Virginia, J. H. Riley has found where they had stored seeds of the persimmon in underground cavities. They are among the most destructive of the native rodents in the Eastern States, and are so protected by their burrowing habits from their natural enemies that it becomes necessary to poison them for the protection of trees and crops.! Their comparative immunity from predacious birds may be judged by the fact that only 73 of their skulls were found by Dr. Fisher in the barn owl pellets in the Smithsonian towers. 1See Farmers’ Bull. No. 670, Field Mice as Farm and Orchard Pests, by David E. Lantz, U. 8. Department of Agriculture. Also later circulars. 118 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Their destruction by snakes and shrews which can readily enter their burrows and capture the occupants is probably greater than that by over- head enemies. COOPER LEMMING MOUSE. Synaptomys cooperi cooperi Baird. The Cooper lemming mice resemble meadow mice in general appearance but have grooved upper incisors and very short tails, and are more grayish in color. The upperparts are grayish brown, lowerparts buffy gray or whitish. An adult male measures in total length 130, tail 19, hind foot 20 mm.; in inches 5.1, .75, .75. In 1888 Dr. A. K. Fisher examined some pellets of long-eared owls from Munson Hill, Virginia, and among 176 skulls of small mammals found three of this lmming mouse. Another skull was found in the stomach of a red- tailed hawk killed at Sandy Springs, Maryland, March 24, 1890. In 1896, I set a line of traps through a sphagnum swamp near Hyattsville, Maryland, and caught four of these rare mice, and the following year W. H. Osgood and A. H. Howell took specimens in the same swamp, while in 1899, Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., took three specimens 214 miles west of Beltsville, Maryland. In this part of their range they take advantage of the coolness retained in the sphagnum swamps. At Hyattsville I found their runways common through the cool damp sphagnum moss, which keeps all below it cool and often protects the ice underneath from melting until long after the rest of the winter’s ice has vanished. In this swamp the mice were able to live in comfort, as shown by their runways, nests of grass, and cut stems of grass along their runways. The Hyattsville swamp has since been drained and filled up but many others remain where these mice may be looked for. SMALL EARED HARVEST MOUSE. Reithrodontomys humilis impiger Bangs. Harvest mice are slender little animals with rather small ears and long tails. They most resemble the white-footed mice but are smaller and slenderer with deeply grooved upper incisors. From half grown house mice, which they most resemble, they differ in slender tails that do not taper appreciably. Their upperparts are russet brown, lowerparts buffy gray. Adults measure in total length about 125, tail 61, hind foot 16 mm.; in inches 4.9, 2.4, .60. The little harvest mouse was first taken at Fort Myer on December 6, 1896, by Louis di Zerega Mearns. Another was taken at Falls Church, May 7, 1897, by J. H. Riley, and on May 15, 1902, about a mile south of Alexandria a third was taken in a line of traps which I was showing Theo- dore Roosevelt, Jr., how to set for small mammals. One skull was found by Wetmore in a barn owl pellet from the Smith- sonian tower in 1916, and two more in 1917, while in 1920 Dr. Fisher reports a total of 15 skulls from the pellets of these owls. These are the only records so far for the vicinity of Washington, and the only others are from the type locality, at White Sulphur Springs, West Virginia. Apparently it is not a common species anywhere. The one from Fort Myer was taken ae Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. —- 119 in a trap set under a fence between a cultivated field and a strip of woodland. The one from near Alexandria was caught in an out-of-sight trap baited with rolled oats in a little runway in the grass on the edge of a dry meadow. The one from Falls Church was taken in a trap set in a pine mouse runway. In habits they are somewhat like the field mice, living in open country under cover of grass, weeds, and grain, making little runways over the surface of the ground and probably building neat little nests on or above the surface in weeds or bushes as do other closely related species. So little is known of their distribution and habits that they offer a most attractive sub- ject of study for ambitious young naturalists. Family ZAPODIDAE: Jumping mice. CAROLINA JUMPING MOUSE. Zapus hudsonicus americanus (Barton). In size about like the white-footed mouse but with grooved upper incisors, _ very long hind legs and feet, long slender, nearly naked tails, and rather small ears. In color they are dull yellowish brown along the back, bright orange buff along the sides, and creamy white below. One caught at Chevy Chase measured in total length 202, tail 121, hind foot 29; in inches 8, 4.75, 1.1. Weight of female 19.2 grams on July 26; 41 grams when fat on Novem- ber 26. . In 1861 Washington was given as the southern limit of range of this mouse in Philp’s ‘‘Washington Described”’ (p. 23). In 1886 George Marshall collected 3 specimens for Dr. Merriam at Laurel, Maryland, and the same year Dr. Merriam caught one in his hands on the Virginia side of the river just above the west end of Aqueduct Bridge. Henshaw collected one the same year that is labeled “‘Washington.”’ In 1888 Morris M. Green caught several at a point a quarter of a mile below the west end of the Old Long Bridge. They were caught in his hands in the daytime in the weeds around brush heaps about fifty{yards back from the river. In 1896 Rorebeck collected one at Falls Church, Virginia; in 1899 Geo. R. Bryan collected one at Marshall Hall, Maryland; in 1903 Kenneth Beale collected one at Branchville, Maryland; in 1906 Dr. Fisher took one at Sandy Springs, Maryland; in 1909 I caught one near Chevy Chase; and in 1913 Dr. E. W. Nelson took one near Cabin John Bridge. J. H. Riley found one in a barn owl’s nest, April 1, 1917, at Falls Church. E. A. Preble has collected two, one at Chevy Chase, D. C., and one near the Bureau of Standards, August 4, 1920, and A. H. Hardisty, one on the canal at the District line in 1921. Dr. Fisher reports fifty skulls taken from barn ow! pellets from the towers of the Smithsonian. Apparently jumping mice are well distributed over the uh bay he country but are never numerous or even common. They keep in grassy or weedy places, in open country, but leave no runways or signs except little heaps of cut grass stems 2 or 3 inches long, and their grassy nest balls on the surface of the ground. While mainly nocturnal they are occasionally startled from their nests and go bounding through the grass in long frog-like leaps, then stop and sit quietly unless followed up. 120 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. If carefully approached they can be easily caught in the hands, and are very gentle and quiet if carefully held. They feed largely on seeds of grasses, cutting and drawing down the stems until the heads are reached. In autumn they become very fat and hibernate for the winter. One brought to the Biological Survey in December, 1899, was in the torpid stage of its winter’s sleep, but evidently was not kept at the right temperature, for it died before waking up. . | Specimens taken on October 7, 10, and 25, and as late as November 2 and others as early as April 23 indicate a longer period of activity than is enjoyed by more northern species. A female taken by Dr. Fisher at Sandy Springs, Maryland, May 19, 1906, contained six large fetuses. Order LAGOMORPHA: Rabbits and Rabbitlike animals. Family LEPORIDAE: Rabbits and hares. EASTERN COTTONTAIL. Sylvilagus floridanus mallurus (Thomas). The dark rusty gray fur, medium long ears, and short puffy, curled up cottony tail are familiar to all who go into the country about Washington. An adult cottontail will measure in total length approximately 446; tail 65; hind foot 94; ear 59 mm.; in inches 17.5, 2.5, 3.7, 2.3. Cottontails are abundant about Washington, up to the edge of the city, even coming into the vacant lots and city parks. About February, 1904, one came under one of the windows of the Biological Survey in the red brick building now occupied by the Bureau of Entomology. After nibbling the grass and weeds for awhile, it snuggled down into a nestlike hollow of a grass plat and remained while Howell got his camera and took an excellent picture of it at about a 6-foot focus. In spite of constant persecution by boys and dogs by day and cats by night the cottontails hold their own surprisingly well and may be seen by the roadsides or in walking across the grassy fields and untrimmed wood lots as well as in all the surrounding woods and parks. They were still found in 1919 in Potomac Park before the brush and weed patches had been cleared out near the lower point. They are skillful in hiding and dodging and taking advantage of safe retreats under brush-heaps, logs, stumps, or in rock piles and walls, but usually they do not get far from some safe cover. ‘ Great numbers are brought into the markets, and at the old price of 25 cents each, they were cheap and excellent game. During the war, in 1918 and 1919, with the advance in price of other meats, they went up to 75 cents, and came into market in numbers greater than ever before.! | INEW ENGLAND COTTONTAIL. — Sylvilagus transitionalis (Bangs). These large, short eared cottontails with black crown patch and very coarse rusty brown and black fur over the back are readily distinguished from the common eastern cottontails by skull characters, but only vaguely by the darker rusty and more blackish upperparts. They have been recorded from the District (North American Fauna No. 29, p. 199, 1909) and from Alexandria, but the record based on two young taken in a nest in the ' A Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 121 Order CARNIVORA: Flesh eaters. Family FELIDAE: Cats. HOUSE CAT. Felis domestica Gmelin. Variable in size, form, and color, and probably derived from several ancestors, some of which date back at least to early Egypt. A large indi- vidual will weigh about 10 pounds. The common house cats, introduced from the Old World countries, turned into the alleys at night to forage from garbage cans, then to wander to the woods, and fields, have become common and feral in all sheltered places throughout the District. Supposedly mousers, they much prefer birds and prey heavily upon many of the native species, especially the ground dwelling sparrows and low nesting robins, catbirds, thrushes, and even quail and woodcock. I have never known one to catch an English sparrow, but on several occasions when a song sparrow has taken up its residence in our back yard, a few mornings later the feathers have been found scattered on the ground. On several occasions I have found cats eating my gray squirrels in the back yard, in spite of cat proof fences and all efforts to protect the squirrels and birds. Except as kept within bounds as house pets cats quickly revert to most destructive predatory animals, and at present are a great check on the abundance of small game in this part of the country. EASTERN BOBCAT; WILD CAT. Lynx ruffus ruffus (Gueldenstaedt). These large, short-tailed, spotted, dark-gray cats with tasseled ears and crested cheeks are about twice the size and weight of the house cat. An adult male from Virginia measures in total length 889, tail 153, hind foot 172 mm.; in inches 35, 6, 6.75. A female 712, 140, 165; in inches 28, 5.5, 6.5. A. H. Hardisty tells me that two bobcats were caught near the Patuxent River near Upper Marlboro in the winter of 1918-19, and another was seen near there in September, 1919. This brings their present range barely within the twenty mile radius, but it is not improbable that they come nearer to the Capitol. They were recently and probably are still common in the Dismal Swamp and along the Alleghany Mountains in Virginia, and they have been reported from the Blue Ridge country still nearer. In 1775 they were reported here by Andrew Burnaby.! Soldiers Home grounds by Dr. C. W. Richmond on June 20, 1886, was erroneously included under this species, and a specimen which I bought on January 1, 1904, of a colored man on the street, who said he killed it at Alexandria, probably came from West Virginia where they are common and are often included in shipments of rabbits to market. At that time I did not know that men posing as hunters went about the streets selling game from the market stalls and, recognizing an interesting specimen, I saved it and innocently labeled it as coming from Alexandria. These cottontails belong to the Transition Zone of the Allegheny Mountains, and there is no unquestionable record of their occurrence nearer Washington than White Sulphur Springs and Travellers Repose, West Virginia. 1Burnaby, Andrew, Travels through the Middle Settlements in North America in the years 1759 and 1760, London, 1775. 122 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. In 1861 Haley, in Philp’s “Washington Described,’’ p. 22, reported them as formerly roaming over the District of Columbia but not found at that time, although, he continues, it is even quite possible they still exist as stragglers. | Family CANIDAE: Wolves, dogs, foxes, etc. RED FOX; EASTERN RED FOX. Vulpes fulvus fulvus (Desmarest).. In form the red foxes are slender and graceful, with long legs, long tail, prominent ears. When in full long fur they appear almost as large as a small collie dog but their body is very light and slender. The usual color is orange rufous, with belly and tip of tail white; legs and back of ears black. The various color forms called cross fox, silver gray, and black fox are darker phases running to complete melanism. An adult male from Wilmington, Massachusetts, measures in total length 1053, tail 408, hind foot 169 mm.; in inches 41, 16, 6.6. Red foxes are not uncommon about Washington and extend considerably farther south, although there seems to be a general idea that they originally ranged farther north and came to the vicinity of Washington about 1800. During the years from 1768 to 1775, George Washington did a great deal of fox hunting in the vicinity of Mount Vernon and Washington, most of the foxes being of this species, as shown by their making long runs before the hounds and occasionally taking refuge in holes in the ground. D. B. Warden in writing of the District of Columbia in 1816 says ‘‘the gray and red fox frequent this region and sometimes carry off pigs, lambs, and poultry.’’! . In 1889 Morris M. Green saw a red fox on the west bank of the Potomac River opposite Washington. A specimen in the National Museum collec- tion from the Zoological Park is labeled Virginia and was received October 5, 1894. Another specimen is a young only a few weeks old taken near Rockville, Maryland, by Cecil Allnut, April 2, 1918. In 1917, Dr. Fisher reported the tracks of two red foxes on Plummer Island in the Potomac, where they had been hunting cottontail rabbits on a fresh snow. He and Wetmore saw one on the Virginia shore opposite the Island in 1922. In November, 1917, N. Hollister told me that a red fox had recently been seen several times in Rock Creek Park and the Zoological Park, and in January, 1920, I saw their unmistakable tracks along Rock Creek above the Joaquin Miller Cabin. In the spring of 1922 young were seen by Smith Riley that had evidently been raised in Rock Creek Park. It is perhaps well for small game and poultry that they are not abundant, but their considerable value for fur and the chase keeps them under control in any settled region. Still it is to be hoped that they may never entirely disappear from our local fauna. 1Chorographical and Statistical Description of the District of Columbia, p. 159, Paris, 1816. Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 123 GRAY FOX; TREE FOX; SWAMP FOX. Urocyon cinereoargenteus cinereoargenteus (Schreber). The gray fox is about the size of the red, but seems smaller because of shorter legs and tail, and shorter fur. Its tail instead of being cylindrical is laterally compressed, with a black dorsal crest and black tip. The general color of the upperparts is coarse gray; sides of belly, legs, and throat, and under surface of tail rich rufous; feet and back of ears and sides of nose black; part of belly and throat white. An adult male from Big Sandy, Tennessee, measures in total length 1,005, tail 372, hind foot 135 mm.; in inches 39, 14.5, 5.5. Weight of one 10 pounds, 2 ounces. During the years from 1768 to 1775 George Washington recorded in his diary frequent fox hunts in the vicinity of Mount Vernon and about Wash- ington. In 1785, after the Revolution and before his presidency, he again took up fox hunting asa sport. In the very brief entries in his diaries, now on file in the Library of Congress, he does not distinguish the kind of foxes, but as many were quickly treed by the dogs, it is evident that such were of this tree climbing species. In writing of Bladensburg, Maryland, in 1816, D. B. Warden says, ‘‘the gray and red fox frequent this region and sometimes carry off pigs, lambs, and poultry.’’! Specimens labeled Washington, 1852, were listed by Baird in his Mam- mals of North America. In 1889 Morris M. Green was told by a farmer on the Virginia side of the Potomac opposite Washington that gray foxes were sometimes seen there. In 1895 Dr. A. K. Fisher saw tracks of gray foxes at Munson Hill and other places in Virginia. On June 9, 1916, foxes were reported killing chickens at the Experiment Station near Beltsville, Maryland. An old male and a couple of half grown young were trapped from a family that were visiting the poultry yard at night, and as usual the old male was the first to be caught. One of the young had a few chicken feathers in its stomach. On May 15, 1919, I saw their tracks along the cliffs on Cupid’s Bower in the Potomac, and Preble tells me that a few still range the valley of Bullneck Run. j Usually these foxes are kept away from farms by the dogs as they are not very swift and are easily treed. They live and breed in hollow trees or logs, or among rocks, are mainly nocturnal in habits, and are rarely seen, even where common, unless caught in traps or driven to refuge by dogs. Their fur is rather coarse and harsh but prettily colored and in recent years of considerable value. Family PROCYONIDAE: Raccoons, ete. RACCOON. Procyon lotor lotor (Linnaeus). The raccoons have been called the little brothers of the bear and even Linnaeus described them under the genus Ursus, but the resemblance to 1Chorographical and Statistical Description of the District of Columbia, Paris, p. 159, 1816. 124 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. bears is only slight and superficial. They have heavy bodies, long furry tails, naked soles, and full soft coats of fur. They are yellowish or silvery gray with a black mask across the face and eyes, and five black rings around the tail. A male from Dismal Swamp, Virginia, measures in total length 860, tail 285, hind foot 110 mm.; in inches 34, 11.3, 4.4, respectively. A very large and fat individual in Minnesota weighed 3014 pounds, but half that would come near the usual weight when not very fat. Raccoons are still common about Washington and their long babylike tracks may be seen along Rock Creek in the Park, as well as along the banks of the Potomac and Eastern Branch scarcely beyond the edges of the city. In June, 1914, on the bank of Rock Creek opposite the mouth of Piney Branch, I saw the brown gray fur of a coon’s back in a hollow, high up in a big tulip tree. Their tracks are found on muddy or sandy shores along the Potomac River. Coons frequent streams and ponds where frogs, crawfish, and mussels are to be found, and in the autumn they fatten on nuts, acorns, and green corn. After more than a century of unrestricted hunting they still afford con- siderable sport for those who care for the all-night coon hunt with dogs and lanterns. A few skins are brought into the markets for fur and at Christ- mas time nicely dressed fat raccoons may be bought in Center Market by those fond of their rather rich oily meat. If they hibernate at all in this climate it is only for short periods of unusually cold weather. Their tracks are seen at all times of winter in mild weather, and winter food of acorns and nuts seem to be generally abundant. Family MUSTELIDAE: Weasels, minks, otters, skunks, etc. HASTERN SKUNK. Mephitis putida Boitard. The skunk is a heavy-bodied, short-legged, bushy-tailed little animal, with short ears, small eyes, and naked-soled plantigrade feet. The color is normally shiny black, except for a narrow white stripe between the eyes, a broad white stripe from the back of the head diverging into two side stripes along the back, and usually a white tip to the long bushy tail. Measure-. ments of average adults are, total length 575, tail 229, hind foot, 60 mm.; in inches 22.6, 9, 2.3. In 1894, a skunk was found under a house in the middle of Georgetown. It was treated with carbon bisulphide and made into a specimen for the Biological Survey collection. There are several other specimens from the District, and the animals are fairly common along the Potomac River above Georgetown, where their tracks may be seen in the dusty roads along the canal, almost any morning. I have found both tracks and burrows on the west side of the Potomac above Chain Bridge, and they have been seen on Plummer Island. Tracks are occasionally seen still nearer the city and sometimes an unmistakable skunk odor blows into town. In 1861, Haley, in Philp’s ‘“‘Washington Described,” says, ‘The skunk is almost as much &@ nuisance as ever.”’ ea It is probable that skunks will never entirely disappear from any exten- —~ = Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 125 sive part of their original range, as they seem able to adapt themselves to settlement in spite of dogs and traps. Their fur has considerable value, and the skins with narrow white stripes, and excess of black bring the highest price. Skunk skins are often brought to the fur buyers in Washing- ton, and next to the muskrat are one of the commonest furs of the region. OTTER. Lutra canadensis canadensis (Schreber). The body of the otter is long and slender, the tail tapering, the legs short, the feet webbed, the ears short and sharp, the eyes are small, and the fur dense and glossy. The color is dark umber or liver brown, slightly paler below and grayish on throat and cheeks. The measurements of a large male from Louisiana show a total length of 1,170, tail 372, hind foot 135 mm.; in inches 46, 14.6, 5.3. Otters are still found along the Potomac River and most of the streams in and around the District of Columbia. Almost every winter tracks are seen or some of the animals captured. In the National Museum collection are specimens labeled Washington, D. C., No. 4929, J. C. McGuire, without date; one taken at Eastern Branch, near Bennings, by E. S. Schmid in 1895; one killed at Seven Locks on the Canal above Glen Echo, by C. S. Scheffer, in 1907, and a skin of an immature individual from the Zoological Park labeled Virginia, 1902, W. H. Spangler. In 1909, Kenneth Beale saw a fresh skin at a local fur store, said to have come from Virginia only three miles from Washington, D.C. J. H. Riley remembers one killed in a creek near Falls Church when he was a boy. A. B. Baker reported an otter killed on the ice at Bennings in 1900; tracks were seen at Seven Locks on the Canal in 1909, and on Plummer Island in 1910 and 1922. Major W. A. Frankland saw a large otter in Rock Creek above the bridge at the northern end of Rock Creek Park, on April 10, 1920, and A. H. Hardisty saw one Swimming across the Potomac near Seneca the same month. In habits the otters are largely aquatic, being powerful, rapid swimmers but rather clumsy on land. In winter they travel long distances under the ice, but occasionally come out and run over the ice or slide on the snow. Most of their food is taken under water and consists largely of fish, crusta- ceans, andfrogs. ‘They are usually wary and not easily trapped, and as they have practically no enemies but man they hold their own fairly well over even the settled parts of the country. Their skins are valuable, ranging generally from $10 to $20 for good pelts. The unplucked fur is dark brown, glossy and durable, and the plucked fur is very fine and soft, of a golden brown color. MINK. Lutreola vison lutreocephala (Harlan). The mink has a long slender body, short legs, fuzzy tail, short wide ears, and small beady eyes. Its fur when prime is full and soft, with a loose covering of glossy outer hairs. The color, mink-brown, varies from liver brown to dark umber; the tail is blackish toward the end, usually the chin 126 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. and sometimes the throat have a few irregular white spots. The measure- ments of an adult male from Branchville, Maryland, show total length 640, tail 229, hind foot, 81 mm.; in inches 25.2, 9, 3.2. The female is much smaller, 525, 182, 64 mm.; in inches 20.6, 7.2, 2.5. A fair-sized male taken at Chain Bridge, November 27, 1920, measured 610, 225, 68, and weighed 21% pounds. Mink are still fairly common about Washington, and their tracks may be seen in the snow, or on muddy or sandy shores along almost any stream about the city. -They follow down Rock Creek into the Park, and some- times into the Zoological Park, and below under Connecticut Avenue Bridge. They are found along Eastern Branch, and all along the Potomac River. The high price of fur for the several years past has stimulated trapping and the number of mink caught around Washington each winter keeps them down to a minimum of abundance. They are wary and secre- tive in habits, not easily caught in traps except by the use of scented bait, and great care is necessary in placing and concealing the traps. They are largely nocturnal in habits, living in holes or hollow banks, under drift wood, or in hollow logs or trees. They swim and dive with much freedom and skill, and climb trees readily, so they have as many means of escape from enemies as they have resources in capturing their prey. They live on fish, frogs, crustaceans, mice, and small rodents, birds, poultry, or almost any small game they can capture. At times they do considerable damage in the poultry yards, but their value for fur partly pays for their occasional depredations while it keeps their numbers well reduced. J. H. Riley tells me of an old trapper who caught six minks in one trap inside of two weeks in the town of Falls Church, Virginia, and also of an old mink that visited his hen house and killed 22 chickens one night, returned the next night and killed 16 chickens, and the next day was caught by a dog as it returned for more. NEW YORK WEASEL; ERMINE. Mustela noveboracensis noveboracensis (Emmons). The weasel is a slender-bodied little animal, with short legs, long slender tail, short ears, beady eyes, sharp nose, and keen expression of face. Its color in summer is dark brown, darkest on face, and black on the outer two inches of tail; the lowerparts are rich yellow. In winter at Washington it is usually lighter brown with the belly pale yellow or nearly white. Farther north and in the mountains the species becomes pure white in winter except for the tip of the tail, which is always black. Two taken in winter at Sandy Spring and Gaithersburg, Maryland, were in the white winter coat. An adult male measures in total length 390, tail 132, hind foot 43 mm.; in inches 15.4, 5.2, 1.7. A female 315, 95, 35 mm.; in inches 12.4, 3.7,1.4. A breeding female from Mount Vernon measured 305, 100, 34, and weighed 34 ounces. Weasels are by no means rare about Washington. Their tracks are occasionally seen in the snow or along the shores of streams. In the National Museum collection are a number of skins labeled Washington and Gace? = re ete fie, alge | Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 127 caught near the city. One of these I caught in April, 1896, a short distance above Chain Bridge on the west side of the Potomac River in a trap set among broken rocks for wood rats. J. H. Riley has taken a number at Falls Church, Virginia. Dr. C. W. Richmond tells me that a weasel was caught about 1887 near the old Central High School on 7th and P Streets Northwest. An old female and a nearly full-grown young one were ob- tained from a farmer’s boy near Mount Vernon by E. A. Preble, May 11, 1920, the stomach of the old one containing remains of a mouse and a lizard, that of the young one the remains of a meadow mouse. Preble tells me that he occasionally sees their tracks in the valley of Bullneck Run, Virginia. Weasels are bold and inquisitive hunters, often coming about buildings, or even into towns in pursuit of their principal prey, mice and rats and other small rodents. Occasionally they do some mischief in poultry yards, killing considerable numbers of young and old birds, thus making a bad reputation which is generally remembered longer than the great amount of good they do in destroying rodent pests. They are cruel, bloodthirsty little savages with nothing lovable in their natures, but their fearless self-confidence often compels our admiration. In the north their white fur with the black tipped tail is of some value as ermine, but in this latitude their plain brown skins are rarely saved even when they get into the traps set for minks and other fur bearers. Order INSECTIVORA: Insect eaters. Family TALPIDAE: Moles. EASTERN MOLE. Scalopus aquaticus aquaticus (Linnaeus). The mole is a compact little animal with no functional eyes or ears, a beaklike, naked nose, large spadelike front feet with five rigid claws, small hind feet, no visible legs, short, nearly naked tail, and dense plushlike fur of a brassy brown color. An average adult measures in total length 163, tail 28, hind foot 20 mm.; in inches 6.4, 1.1, .74. Moles are abundant around Washington up to the edges of the city and on the vacant lots next to the woods. Their characteristic ridges are seen on open lots, even among the paved streets, but in old fields and pastures are most conspicuous. Moles are great burrowers and with their large front feet, worked by powerful muscles, push up ridges along the surface of the ground by main strength, working so rapidly that a new ridge may be seen rising at the rate of about a foot a minute. They also make deep and elaborate burrows in the earth, and push up mounds of earth from below, but are best known by their tunnels near the surface, which are their feeding grounds, where earth- worms and numerous insects and small animal forms are encountered and greedily devoured. Generally their stomachs contain mainly earthworms or insect remains, but sometimes they contain a little vegetable matter. Moles are often accused of destroying bulbs, plants, and crops, but the 128 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. real culprits are usually the pine mice or meadow mice, which follow their runways or make similar, but slightly smaller, tunnels of their own. STAR-NOSED MOLE. Condylura cristata (Linnaeus). The star-nosed mole is almost as large as the common mole with a much longer and at times much swollen tail, and a radiating disc of delicate pink, fleshy tentacles surrounding the flattened end of the nose. The minute and sightless eyes are buried under the skin, and the ears are mere openings under the fur. The front feet are short and spadelike, but not so wide as those of the mole. The fur is dense and soft, of a brownish black color. Adults measure in total length 192, tail 72, hind foot 28 mm.; in inches 7.5, 228,10 Star-nosed moles are not common about Washington, but occasionally one is found and usually saved for a specimen. Haley in Philp’s “‘Wash- ington Described,” p. 22, 1861, reports the star-nosed mole as finding its southern limit here. An old specimen in the National Museum is labeled Corcoran Branch, July, 1858, Elliott Coues. On May 22, 1888, Morris M. Green found a nest of five about half grown young under an old log on the flats between the canal and the river about a mile above Georgetown. In 1889 Dr. Fisher found the skull of one in the stomach of a screech owl, taken near Washington on June 2,! and later found 12 skulls in the pellets of barn owls from the Smithsonian tower. At Falls Church, about 1892, Riley saw one that had been drawn up alive in a bucket of water from a well, and in 1899 he secured one that was dug out by a dog and was mounted for the National Museum collection. On May 1, 1898, W. G. Johnson found a quarter-grown young at College Park, Maryland, and sent it to the Biological Survey collection. On November 3, 1907, one was found dead in a road near Branchville, Maryland, by Prof. F. E. L. Beal. On May 20, 1910, one was caught by a cat a mile south of Glendale, Maryland, and brought to the Biological Survey by Dr. Rodney H. True. On February 1, 1913, an adult male was caught by T. H. Scheffer near a small stream in a marsh near Brookland, D.C. It had the greatly swollen tail and sexual glands of the breeding season. Another male caught near the same place on March 3 in a mole trap showed less sexual development and a less swollen tail. Others have been taken near Chevy Chase, Brightwood, Woodside, Cabin John Bridge, Lanham, Laurel, and Marshall Hall. | These moles are not easily caught in traps and may be much more com- mon than is generally supposed. They burrow in the damp soil of marshes and low lands, in places making ridges like those of the common mole, but usually pushing up little hills of black earth in disposing of the material from their deeper burrows.? They rarely come above the surface of the ground unless by accident or in the exictement of the breeding season in late 1Hawks and Owls of the United States, Bull. 3, Div. Orn. & Mamm., U.S. Dept. Agr., p. 171, 1893. 2Merriam, C. Hart, Mammals of the Adirondack Region, p. 146, 1884. h' i ie , i iN SS Sn ee es Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 129 winter or early spring. In life the delicate fleshy, fingerlike filaments radiating from the end of the nose are in constant motion apparently in the effort to touch, feel, and recognize objects with which they come in contact in their subterranean life, so taking the place of the functionless rudiments of eyes in the search for earthworms and insect food. Family SORICIDAE: Shrews. SHORT-TAILED SHREW. Blarina brevicauda brevicauda (Say). These are the largest of our shrews, with heavy bodies, short legs, short tails, pointed noses, minute eyes, concealed ears, and velvety fur. Their color is plumbeous or sooty black, with a metallic luster when the fur is smoothed down. The teeth as in other shrews are tipped with dark brown. A Washington specimen measures, total length 112, tail 23, hind foot 15 mm.; in inches 4.4, .9, .6. This is smaller than the typical form farther west and north, but not quite small enough for Blarina brevicauda carolin- ensis farther south. A specimen from the Rappahannock River near War- saw, Virginia, can, however, be referred to carolinensis. The short-tailed shrews are among the commonest small mammals of the district, being found in the woods and fields, and in brushy or weedy places up to the very edges of the city, and even on vacant lots where there is sufficient cover of old grass, weeds, boards, or suitable protection from the light of day and overhead enemies. Like other shrews their eyes are very small and probably of less use to them than the pointed, flexible nose in finding the insects and other small animal life on which they feed. They burrow mainly near the surface, in rich mellow soil, make roadways over the surface of the ground under cover of old vegetation, or follow the roadways and tunnels of the meadow mice and pine mice. At the lower end of the Zoological Park in 1893, in a Schuyler mouse trap, I caught one of these shrews by the neck and a meadow mouse by the hips. The trap was set across a runway and evidently the shrew was pursuing or had hold of the back part of the mouse when they ran through my trap and were both caught. They are very fond of meat and eat any mice or small animals or even their own kind when found in traps and are of great value in keeping down the abundance of small rodents, as well as insects, bugs, worms and snails.! While savage little brutes in their own small world they are practically harmless and very useful animals in their relations to human economy. LEAST SHORT-TAILED SHREW. Blarina parva (Say). These are the smallest of our short-tailed shrews, but with heavier bodies than the small species of Sorex. Their feet are small, tails short, noses 1See Merriam, C. Hart, Mammals of the Adirondack Region, pp. 164-173, 1884; and Shull, A. Franklin, Habits of the Short-tailed Shrews, Amer. Naturalist, Vol. XLI, pp. 449-522, 1907. 130 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. pointed, eyes minute, ears hidden, and fur soft and velvety. Their upper- parts are sepia brown, the lowerparts ashy gray. An adult male from Brightwood, D. C., measures in total length 78, tail 18, hind foot 10 mm.; in inches 3.1, .7, .4. Although widely distributed from New Jersey to Nebraska, Texas, and Georgia, these little shrews seem always scarce or so obscure in habits as to be rarely found except by owls. In 2,262 pellets of barn owls from the Smithsonian tower, Dr. Fisher took 61 of their skulls, and in pellets from long-eared owls from Munson Hill, Virginia, there were 23 of their skulls among 176 of other small mammals.! In 1890 Prof. W. B. Barrows, then a member of the Biological Survey, picked up one of these little shrews in Brookland and brought it to the office. In 1896 I caught one near Brightwood in an old grassy field where the Military Road enters Rock Creek Park, and the same year J. H. Riley caught one in an old stump in a field at Falls Church. In 1913, 1914, and 1915, A. H. Howell collected four specimens near his place at Woodridge, a suburb in the northeastern quarter of Washington. A number of speci- mens have been taken by George Marshall at Laurel, Maryland. Little is known of the habits of these shrews, except that specimens are occasionally taken in traps set in field mice runways or in tiny runways under old grass that seem to be made by the shrews themselves for their convenience in getting about over the surface of the ground and catching their insect food. BACHMAN SHREW; CAROLINA SHREW; SOUTHERN SHREW. Sorex longirostris Bachman. This is the only eastern Sorex, except fisheri from the Dismal Swamp, that has the third unicuspid tooth smaller than the fourth. Its size is very small, the ears rather conspicuous, the nose not longer than in other shrews. The color of the upperparts is chestnut brown, of the underparts ashy gray. Measurements of a series of specimens from North Carolina show a total length of 86, tail 32, hind foot 10.7 mm.; in inches 3.4, 1.3, .45. Hollister reports a specimen of this rare little southern shrew in the National Museum, collected by C. Girard, labeled Washington, D. C., and entered in the museum catalogue April 19, 1855, as No. 637. There seems to be no clue to the exact locality where it was collected or to the exact date of collection, but Bachman’s type of the species described in 1837 was taken in the swamps of the Santee River, South Carolina, and others have been taken on dry uplands. The only other specimen from the vicinity of Washington was collected by C. K. Rorebeck, at Falls Church, Virginia, January 3, 1897, and is now in the National Museum collection. One taken by Dr. M. W. Lyon at Chesapeake Beach, Maryland, July 3, 1908, is the next nearest to Washington. Other specimens have been taken in Georgia, South Carolina, North Carolina, Alabama, Indiana, and Illinois.” 1Hawks and Owls, Bull. 3, p. 141, 1893. 2Hollister, N., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, p. 379, 1911. — Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 131 MARYLAND SHREW. Sorex fontinalis Hollister. This tiny shrew is one of the smallest known species of its genus and probably next to the smallest known mammal of North America. It is very slender and delicate with long sharp nose, minute eyes and relatively long tail. Its color is sepia brown above, brownish gray below. Measure- ments, total length 90, tail 31, hind foot 10 mm.;! in inches 3.51, 1.4, .4. In February, 1896, I caught three of these little shrews in mouse traps set under logs, and in runways through the sphagnum moss in acold swamp near Hyattsville, in the same locality and situations with the lemming mouse (Synaptomys), and later two other specimens were taken there by Dr. Fisher. On November 6, 1898, Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. caught one in a cold spring swamp near Beltsville, Maryland, and the three from Laurel, Maryland, were caught by George and E. B. Marshall. The one from Sandy Springs was found dead in a path so no idea of habits or habitat were obtained. In 1920 only 13 specimens of Sorex fontinalis were known. These were all collected near the District of Columbia, in Maryland, at localities as fol- lows: Beltsville, 2; Hyattsville, 5; Hollywood, 1; Laurel, 4; Sandy Springs, 1. The fact that none have been taken in the great amount of trapping on the uplands indicates a mainly swamp habitat for the species. Nothing is known of their habits except the little gained through specimens caught. They live under cover of moss, logs, and marsh vegetation, through and under which they make tiny burrows and roadways. Some of those caught were in meadow mouse or lemming mouse runways. They take meat bait and, like other shrews, probably live mainly on insects and other forms of small animal life found on or under the surface of the ground. LEAST SHREW. Microsorex winnemana Preble. In size, as its name indicates, this is the smallest of all the shrews and therefore the smallest known mammal in North America, being very slender and delicate, with its tail about three times as long as its hind foot. In color the upperparts are grayish brown, the lowerparts ashy gray. Meas- urements of type: total length, 78, tail 28, hind foot 9 nm.; in inches 3.08, 1.1, .35. This rare species was discovered and described by Edward A. Preble of the Biological Survey, who says, ‘‘On April 25, 1903, while searching for salamanders * * * on the Virginia shore of the Potomac above Plummer Island [near Stubblefield Rapids] I dislodged from the decayed interior of a large fallen log a tiny shrew. The rarity of any species of long- tailed shrew in the vicinity of Washington caused me to take special pains in preserving the specimen. Later, when I examined it carefully, I was surprised to find that it belonged to the genus Microsorez, hitherto unknown 1¥For detailed characters see original description by N. Hollister, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, p. 378, 1911. 132 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. to occur south of Ohio and New York. It was apparent that the specimen represented an undescribed form, but its characterization was deferred in the hope that other specimens would be detected. This did not occur until January 24 of the present year [1910] when William Fink of Berwyn, Mary- land, found a second specimen in the decayed heart of a dead chestnut tree which he cut from a dry hillside at some distance from water.”’ The detailed description then follows! and under Remarks he adds “‘ Microsorex winnemana is the smallest species of shrew (and therefore the smallest mammal) thus far discovered in America. The specific name winnemana (beautiful island) is in allusion to Plummer Island, the home of the Wash- ington Biologists’ Field Club, near which the type specimen was taken.”’ Here is a field to inspire any energetic young naturalist, a remarkable species with only two specimens known, and a fair clue given to habits and habitat. Who will be the next to bring in specimens, dead or alive, and add - something to our meager fund of knowledge of the wild life about us? Order CHIROPTERA: Bats. Family VESPERTILIONIDAE: Northern Bats. HOARY BAT. Nycteris cinerea (Beauvois). The hoary bat has 32 teeth, is the largest of our eastern bats, with ears short and rounded, the top of the feet and tail membranes well furred, and the fur full and soft. Its color is yellowish brown frosted with white, its throat and wing linings buffy. Average adults measure in total length 135, tail 58, hind foot, 11 mm.; in inches 5.2, 2.26, .45. Spread of wings 15 to 16 inches. A specimen taken October 2, 1892, at Laurel, Maryland, one taken Octo- ber 20, 1897, and another May 26, 1904, at Chain Bridge, seem to be the only records for the vicinity of the District of Columbia; but other records from Baltimore, Maryland, New Jersey, South Carolina, and Pennsylvania, bring its range on all sides of the District. It is a wide-ranging migratory species, and evidently covers the whole area. With a boreal breeding range across the continent, and a migratory range in winter from Canada to at least the southern border of the United States, it may be looked for at Washington in the fall and spring migrations. Its size readily distinguishes it on the wing from the smaller bats, but it is a late and rapid flyer and not easily secured for specimens. Dr. Fisher tells me that this is the only bat known to the District fauna that has not been taken in the cabin at Plum- mer Island. RED BAT. Nycteris borealis borealis (Miller). The red bat has 32 teeth, is medium sized, with short, rounded ears, mainly naked inside and on rims, and with the top of tail membranes and 1Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 23, p. 101, 1910. Batley—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 133 feet well furred. Its color is bright rusty or pinkish yellow, with a slight frosting of white-tipped hairs over back and breast. In total length it measures 117, tail 52, hind foot 10, spread of wings 330 mm.; in inches 4.5, a... .4, 13, This is one of the commonest bats to be seen flying about in the evenings, either in the open places in the woods, or about the houses in the city. It often comes out so early in the evening that its bright colors are easily recognizable as it flies softly about in search of flying insects. Apparently ‘ it is in part resident here, although a migratory species in at least the northern part of its range, Specimens collected about Washington bear dates of April, May, June, July, August, September, October, and Novem- ber. At Arlington on March 1, 1919, I saw several flying about on a warm evening soon after sundown, while it was so light that their unmistak- able colors could be recognized. The evening was warm and still, but the nights had been frosty for a week past, and very cold only two weeks before. Wetmore saw half a dozen of these bats flying about before dusk at the border of the woods near Lorton, Virginia, on November 17, 1917, and collected one of them. Prof. Cooke saw one near his “‘ Wickiup”’ at Viresco on the Virginia side of the Potomac at midday January 1,1913. It lit on the ground near him and its bright red fox color was very striking. A warm and springlike day had probably brought the bat out of its hibernat- ing quarters. - An old female collected near Falls Church, Virginia, by Riley, June 3, 1905, contained 3 large embryos nearly ready for birth. A female shot by A. H. Hardisty near the northwest corner of Rock Creek Park, May 11, 1918, contained 3 embryos. In a paper on the number! of young of this bat Dr. Marcus Ward Lyon, Jr., records an adult female nursing four young brought into the National Museum alive by Mr. C. J. Lawson of Washington, D. C., on June 18, 1902. Photographs of the family were secured and shown in a plate, a young one at each of the adult’s nipples, where they held on with great tenacity, each having in its mouth a good deal of its mother’s hair in which its hooked milk teeth firmly caught. The young were less than a third grown, but their combined weight, alive, was 12.7 grams, while that of the mother was but 11 grams. In the Merriam collection is a female taken June 22, 1889, with two young clinging to her. On July 11, 1908, a half grown red bat was picked up on Seventeenth Street near the Corcoran Art Gallery, where it had probably fallen while learning to fly. Another young apparently just able to fly was collected at Plummer Island July 15, and another near Washington, July 24. Two to four young are the usual numbers. Little is known of the breeding habits or whether the young always cling to the mother until old enough to fly or whether they hang up part of the time in the leafy tips of branches, heads downward, where their parents spend the daylight hours, As with other bats their food consists of a great variety of flying insects caught on the wing, lLyon, Dr. Marcus Ward, Jr., Observations on the Number of Young of the Lasiurine Bats. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 26, p. 425, 1903. 134 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. SILVER-HAIRED BAT. Lasionycteris noctivagans (LeConte). These bats have 36 teeth; are medium in size, with wide, naked, some- what quadrate ears; upper surface of tail membrane hairy near the base; fur long and soft. Color black or dusky brown with silvery tips to the hairs over back and belly; ears, feet, and membranes black or blackish. Measure- ments, total length 116, tail 47, hind foot 10, expanse 298 mm.; in inches 4.5, 1:85, 045 127. This is a wide ranging boreal species over the northern and mountainous parts of the continent, and a few specimens have been taken about Washing- ton during their migrations southward. On November 12, 1885, Dr. Fisher shot one between Arlington and Rosslyn, Virginia, and in the National Mu- seum collection are skins labeled Washington, D. C., January, -1893, and another Smiths Island, Virginia, September 3, 1893. Dr. Fisher collected another at Plummer Island, October 6, 1906, and Hardisty one near George- town October 17, 1918. On November 12, 1905, Preble saw five or six bats on an open hillside in the woods north of Piney Branch and west of Eighteenth Street, some of which were recognized as almost certainly of this species. All of these dates indicate migratory records. In northern New York Dr. Merriam records the silver-haired as the most abundant breeding species of bat, and says the two young are born about the first of July. At Ossining, New York, where the species is abundant, Doctor Fisher took 28 out of the siding of a house in June, which would indicate a breeding record. LARGE BROWN BAT. Eptesicus fuscus fuscus (Beauvois). Total number of teeth 32; size rather large; ears of medium length, pointed, and wholly naked; wing and tail membranes mainly naked; fur glossy. Color bright hazel or hair brown, paler on belly; ears and mem- branes dark brown or blackish. Measurements, total length 112, tail 42, hind foot 11, expanse 300 mm.; in inches 4.4, 1.6, .45, 11.8. Weight of adult male 15.2 grams, of female 14.2 grams. These large brown bats are common residents about Washington and may be recognized on the wing by their size and brown color. They fly at evening about our front doors and along the streets and alleys, as well as in open spaces in the woods, with a strong, rapid, but very erratic flight as they pursue their winged prey. They are resident throughout the year, breeding in summer and hibernating in nooks and corners of the houses in winter either in the same dark recesses where they spend the daylight hours or in special cavities selected for warmth and protection. They often enter open doors and windows and fly about the rooms, catching insects and lighting on the ceilings or walls. Open and vacant buildings are favorite hunting grounds for them. They live also in hollow trees, and in caves and clefts among the rocks, and have been found hibernating in rolled-up 1Merriam, C. Hart, Mammals of the Adirondack Region, p. 190, 1884. Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 135 awnings. In the cabin on Plummer Island Dr. Fisher caught one in a mouse trap set on the window sill, January 21, 1907. Almost every winter during the coldest weather of January specimens are brought in from apart- ment houses or private residences where found flying about the rooms, awakened from their hibernation by the heat. These are always found to be excessively fat, but with empty stomachs, showing that they have been for a long time dormant. The earliest seen flying outside were reported by Dr. T. S. Palmer on March 22, 1911, on Biltmore Street. They were large, brown bats and probably of this species. The evening was warm, and maples, elms, and poplars were in blossom, but there were no leaves on the trees, and few summer birds had arrived. On March 26, 1919, they were seen flying about my front door at 1834 Kalorama Road, while it was light enough to recog- nize the species. The forsythia, Japanese quince, and hyacinths were then in full bloom. These bats remain active in autumn up to October. Usually in the West but one young is raised in a season, but there are records of two. On July 31, 1919, I found a pair dead in front of Stone- leigh Court on Connecticut Avenue, where they had evidently been knocked down and killed, or caught in the building and thrown out. The female contained two minute embryos the size of No. 8 shot, that would have been born in May or June of the next year. Another was taken August 7 in the same condition. Riley obtained a young with eyes not yet open on June 14, 1899, from a colony in an old church in Falls Church, Virginia. From their habit of hunting about houses they are presumably one of the most useful species of bats as insect destroyers. EVENING BAT; RAFINESQUE BAT. Nycticeius humeralis (Rafinesque). _ Total number of teeth 30, only one upper incisor and one upper premolar on each side. Size small, ears small, pointed, and with short tragus, tip of tail free of membrane. Color dark brown with very black ears and mem- branes. An adult specimen measures in total length 95, tail 35, hind foot 9 mm. ; in inches 3.7, 1.4, .35. Weight of adult female, 9.5 grams. This is an abundant southern bat, occurring but rarely as far north as Washington. ‘Two specimens taken near Washington by Wm. H. Rhees, May 22, 1882, are in the National Museum collection. A female was taken at Linden, Maryland, August 11, 1896, and one taken at Oxon Hill, June 2, 1903. A female in the Biological Survey collection, U.S. National Museum, was taken at Plummer Island, September 7, 1910, by H. S. Barber. At Falls Church, Virginia, J. H. Riley reports specimens taken July 28, 1898, July 9, 1902, July 28, 1906, and July 29, 1914. A female taken by A. H. Hardisty, July 9, 1918, in Prince George County, Maryland, near the District Line, apparently had young, as the single pair of subaxillary mammae showed signs of being used. On May 17, 1919, one of my Boy Scouts brought me a bat of this species that he had found in a crack near the top of a telephone pole at the north end of Connecticut Avenue Bridge. This also was a female and later 1386 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. when it died in captivity was made into a specimen and turned in to the Biological Survey collection. On May 20, 1920, Alex. Wetmore brought me a specimen taken in his house the previous evening at 1819 Hamline Street, Northeast. It was a female containing two small embryos. While specimens have been taken as far north as Riverton, Virginia, and Carlisle, Pennsylvania, the main range of the species is in the lower Austral Zone west to Texas. With all the collecting done about Washington the number of specimens is so small that the only conclusion is that we are beyond the edge of its main range. GEORGIAN BAT. Pipistrellus subflavus (F. Cuvier). Total number of teeth 34; size small; ears small, pointed, nearly naked; tragus short and wide; fur short and woolly; color pale russet or yellowish brown above, lighter and brighter below; ears and membranes light brown. Measurements, total length 84, tail 37, hind foot 8 mm.; in inches 3.2, 1.45, 2. This is generally the most abundant small bat in and around Washington. Specimens have been taken during every month and at frequent intervals from April 29 to October 17. They may be seen every warm summer evening, flitting softly between the trees in the parks, or along the streets with irregular zigzag flight as they catch their food of flying insects. Often their pale colors can be recognized when they first appear in the early dusk of evening, their small size distinguishing them from the brighter-yellow red bat. During the day they sleep in some dark retreats in buildings, or in hollow trees, or under bark. In the Merriam collection, now in the U. S. National Museum, are 16 specimens taken by Dr. Richmond May 14, 1887, under the roof of a barn near the Soldiers Home. They were part of a colony suspended in a cluster in somewhat the form of a hornets’ nest from the roof in one corner of the building. Those taken were captured after the colony was dislodged. On May 3, 1896, Dr. F. V. Coville found one hanging in a bunch of elm leaves low over the water at High Island and gave it to me for a specimen. On August 18, 1904, J. H. Riley caught one in the bird gallery in the Smith- sonian building. On April 29, 1914, Dr. T.S. Palmer brought me one that he had caught in his house on Biltmore Street, where it may have entered through a window, or come out of some hibernating retreat. A specimen taken by A. H. Hardisty near Brookland on June 1, 1918, contained two embryos and had the usual arrangement of mammae, one on each side of the breast, more nearly subaxillary than pectoral. Another taken by Preble near Washington, June 3, 1899, contained two embryos, and in the Merriam collection in the U. S. National Museum is a female taken July 3, 1888, that was nursing young. DUSKY GEORGIAN BAT. Pipistrellus subflavus obscurus Miller. In size and proportions about the same as subflavus but color duller and Bailey—Mammals of the District of Columbia. 137 darker, less yellowish and with dark tips of hairs on back more conspicuous. This dark colored northern form described by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., from Lake George, New York, is probably not a resident of the District. Two specimens taken as they were flying over the river near Plummer Island, September 9, 1905, are typical in color. They may have migrated from their northern habitat, or merely wandered out of their regular range after the breeding season was over. LITTLE BROWN BAT. Myotis lucifugus lucifugus (LeConte). Total number of teeth 38, 2 upper incisors, and 3 upper premolars to each side. Size small; ears short, not reaching tip of nose, narrow and pointed with slender tragus; membranes mainly naked; fur smooth and glossy. Color, dull hazel brown above, buffy below, ears and membranes dusky brown. Measurements, total length 86, tail 37, hind foot 9, forearm 38.8 expanse of wings 260 mm.; in inches 3.4, 1.45, .35, 1.5, 10.2. This is the common little brown bat of Washington and vicinity, and many specimens have been taken in May, June, July, and August. In. 1888 and 1889, Morris M. Green and Dr. C. W. Richmond collected large numbers of them in the crevices between the timbers of the Old Long Bridge across the Potomac. Of these 10 adults and 15 young taken June 16, and a nursing female taken July 3, are in the Merriam collection, now a part of the U.S. National Museum collection. An old male and female and _ two half-grown young were collected at Plummer Island, August 1, 1897, by Dr. W. H. Osgood, and two males were collected August 24 and 31, by Dr. A. K. Fisher. While common breeding summer bats, their winter habits and their places of hibernation are little known. In 1920, the first small bats seen, apparently of this species, were flying about in the woods on the evening of March 19, but some of the Boy Scouts reported small bats seen a week earlier. At Falls Church, Virginia, J. H. Riley shot two females, each containing one large embryo, one on June 26, 1906, and the other on June 21, 1907. SAY BAT. Myotis subulatus subulatus (Say). Total number of teeth 38; size small; ears long and narrow, reaching beyond tip of nose; fur soft and glossy. Color bright hazel brown above, buffy brown below; ears and membranes light brownish. Measurements, total length 95, tail 41, foot 9, forearm 35, expanse 247 mm.; in inches 3.7, 1.6, .35, 1.4, 9.7. The Say bat closely resembles the little brown bat, but specimens are readily distinguished by longer ears, which laid forward reach well beyond the tip of the nose. It seems not to be very common, but occasionally one is taken near Washington. In the National Museum collection is a speci- men taken by P. L. Jouy, at Alexandria, Virginia, in August, 1875. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., took two at Forest Glen on May 10 and 26, 1896. Another 138 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. was taken in the Smithsonian grounds by John J. Veit, September 23, 1919. In the Biological Survey collection are five taken at Plummer Island, March 27 and 31, May 28, August 17, and September 14, from 1902-1910, by Fisher, Osgood, McAtee, Maxon, and Barber. LEAST BROWN BAT. Myotis winnemana Nelson. From Myotis lucifugus, which it resembles, this tiny bat may be distin- guished by its smaller size, smaller ears, and shorter forearm and blackish face. The color is bright chestnut-brown above, grayish brown below, muzzle and sides of head dusky, ears and membranes black. Measurements of type specimen, total length 82, tail 39, hind foot 8, forearm 30.5, expanse of wings 225 mm.; in inches 3.2, 1.5, .3, 1.2, 8.8. This smallest of our eastern bats was daeabedi in 1913, by Dr. E. W. Nelson, from three specimens taken on Plummer Island in the Potomac River, 10 miles above Washington. The type and one topotype are adult males collected by Dr. A. K. Fisher, August 24 and 31, 1907, as they flew about in the cabin after dark. The only other specimen then known was a female taken from a hibernating colony of bats in a cave at Rutland, Vermont, by George L. Kirk, on April 10, 1918. Apparently it is a rare species or more would have been taken. Dr. Nelson considered it our eastern representative of the M. californicus group. 3 1 ] Vol. 36, pp. 139-142 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON jf y I THREE NEW KANGAROO RATS OF THE GENU sis0 f DIPODOMYS. BY E. A. GOLDMAN. One of the results of a visit by the hunter-naturalist, Charles Sheldon, to the coastal region of central Sonora, in 1922, was the discovery of a new form of Dipodomys deserti. The species had been collected on the international boundary, but there seems to be no previously published record of its occurrence in Mexico east of the Colorado River and Gulf of California. The new subspecies and two new races of Dipodomys spectabilis are described as follows: Dipodomys deserti sonoriensis, subsp. nov. Sonora Kangaroo Rat. Type from La Libertad Ranch, 30 miles east of Sierra Seri, Sonora, Mexico. No. 242306, % adult, U.S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected by Charles Sheldon, January 3, 1922. General characters.—Closely allied to Dipodomys deserti deserti, but general color of upperparts decidedly darker, more heavily overlaid with black, the buffy element of a vinaceous instead of ochraceous tone. Skull differing in detail, especially the weaker development of the maxillary arches and jugals. Color.—Type: Upperparts in general light vinaceous-buff, rather heavily overlaid or mixed with black, especially on rump; nose, area at base of vibrissae, and orbital rings distinctly blackish; under parts, fore limbs, hip stripes, hind feet above, and sides of tail white as usual in the species; tail blackish above (tip missing in type), a narrow dusky median line below. Skull.—Closely resembling that of D. d. deserti, but maxillary arches weaker; lachrymals larger, their extension along posterior border of maxil- lary arches equalling about one-half the distance to outer angle (extension distinctly less than one-half this distance in D. d. deserti); jugals more slender; squamosal (as viewed from above) less broadly articulating with parietal; mastoid bullae more fully inflated along line of contact with parietals. | Measurements.—Skull of type (no external measurements available): 20—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (139) so ASO CETTE gs, ed eS sh - - mt ff my = : an anin j , Py . ASO Nig 4 if) Sa 7 AAA {/ > Vis ‘Boe ; ~~ > .. -—* ico a i a _ ——m TS? Wl ae OTT Ss... a ee ee ee 140 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Greatest length (median line), 45; greatest breadth (between outer sides of audital bullae), 31.5; breadth across maxillary arches, 24.7; greatest length of lachrymal, 4. 4; maxillary toothrow, 5.5. Remarks.—Specimens from parts of southwestern Arizona are somewhat darker in color of upper parts than typical Dipodomys deserti, and apparent- ly grade toward the form here described. D. d. sonoriensis probably has an extensive range over the sandy plains of northwestern Sonora. Specimens examined.—Two (the type, skin and skull, and an additional skull), from the type locality. Dipodomys spectabilis baileyi, subsp. nov. Bailey’s Kangaroo Rat. Type from 40 miles west of Roswell, New Mexico. No. 97185, & adult, U.S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected by Vernon Bailey, June 138, 1899. Original number 6961. General characters.—Closely allied to Dipodomys spectabilis spectabilis, but decidedly larger; color usually slightly paler; skull larger, more massive and differing in detail, especially the greater expansion of zygomatic arches; tail extensively tipped with white as in D. s. spectabilis. Color.—T ype (rather worn pelage); upper parts in general near pinkish buff, purest on cheeks, shoulders, and sides, becoming light buffy on head, moderately mixed with black especially over top of head and back; under parts, postauricular spots, fore limbs, hind feet above, usual hip stripes, and tail at extreme base all around pure white; tail beyond extreme base blackish inconspicuously mixed with gray above and below to near white tip where it becomes pure black all around, the sides white to subterminal area men- tioned; hind legs above ankles blackish all around (interrupted in most specimens by a white line along inner side); soles of hind feet brownish black. Skull.—Similar to that of D. s. spectabilis, but larger, more massive, rostrum relatively shorter, maxillary arches heavier, the upper surface pro- jecting farther forward beyond frontals (as viewed from above); mastoid bullae relatively as well as actually larger; incisors relatively heavier. Measurements.—Type: Total length, 385; tail vertebrae, 283, hind foot, 58. Average and extremes of two adults from region of type locality: 381 (880-382); 280 (279-281); 58 (58-58). Skull.—Type: Greatest length on median line, 45.6; greatest breadth (between outer sides of audital bullae), 30.6; breadth across maxillary arches, 26.8; least width of supraoccipital (near interparietal), 1.7; maxil- lary toothrow, 6.6. Specimens from numerous localities from northwestern New Mexico to western Texas are referable to D. s. baileyi. This form intergrades in south- western New Mexico with typical D. s. spectabilis. Dipodomys spectabilis zygomaticus, subsp. nov. Chihuahua Kangaroo Rat. Type from Parral, southern Chihuahua, Mexico. No. 96432, o adult, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey collection), collected by E. A. Goldman, September 17, 1898. Original number 13030. PE ee ST ee SS ee eS I GS en, ee ee ee ee Goldman—Three New Kangaroo Rats. 141 General characters.—Closely resembling Dipodomys spectabilis spectabilis, but color of upperparts slightly darker, the buffy element more heavily mixed with black; skull broader posteriorly across mastoid and audital bullae; outer sides of zygomata divergent posteriorly (sides nearly parallel in spectabilis). Similar to D. s. cratodon, but differing in cranial details, especially the smaller incisors, lesser inflation of mastoid bullae, and posterior divergence of zygomata. Color.—Type (fresh pelage): Upper parts in general near light ochrace- ous-buff, palest on head, rather heavily overlaid or mixed with black, especially over top of head, back and rump; black facial areas conspicuous; under parts, fore limbs and hip stripes pure white as usual in the species; lower part of hind legs (above ankles) black, interrupted by a white line along inner side; hind feet white above, dusky below along median line of soles; tail (except extreme base which is white) mixed black and grayish above and below to near white tip where it becomes black all round; sides of tail white to black subterminal zone. _ Skull —Similar to that of D. s. spectabilis, but broader and more massive; - broader especially posteriorly between outer sides of audital bullae; mastoid and audital bullae more expanded in front of meatus; jugals less nearly parallel, more divergent posteriorly. Resembling that of D. s. cratodon, but incisors smaller; mastoid bullae less evenly rounded or inflated; supra- occipital and interparietal broader; jugals less bowed inward, more diver- gent posteriorly. Measurements.—Type: Total length, 340; tail vertebrae, 197; hind foot, 54. Average and extremes of four adults, including type, from type locality: 341.5 (834-352); 201.5 (195-212); 52.2 (49-54). Skull (type): Greatest length on median line, 44.2; greatest breadth (between outer sides of audital bullae), 30.7, breadth across maxillary arches, 27.2; least width of supraoccipital (near interparietal), 2; maxillary toothrow, 6.2. Remarks.—While close alliance with the other forms of D. spectabilis is indicated by the general characters this kangaroo rat differs in rather well marked cranial details, especially the laterally projecting mastoid and audital bullae. The lateral development of the audital bullae, affording increased surface for squamosal attachment as compared with other forms, apparently is associated with the posterior divergence of the zygomata. Specimens examined.—Four, all from the type locality. 2a _ oe ae —— os a Vol. 36, pp. 143-146 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 7 ? ? Seng 5s, 5 h. y a a fg - BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON =~ NEW GENERA AND SUBSPECIES BASED ON ARGEN- | TINE BIRDS. BY ALEXANDER WETMORE AND JAMES L. PETERS. _In the course of our joint studies of the Argentine avifauna based on collections made in 1920 and 1921 two additional forms have become apparent which, with diagnoses of two genera not at present recognized, are outlined in the present paper. Nycticryphes, gen. nov. Characters.—Similar to Rostratula Vieillot! but bill more decurved at tip; tip of bill expanded, with the distal end distinctly pitted; a median groove on the gonys; a slight web between outer and median toes; tail strongly wedge shaped; median rectrices tapered, soft in structure at the tip; median upper and lower coverts longer than the lateral rectrices. Type.—Totanus semi-collaris Vieillot? which will now stand as Nycti- cryphes semicollaris (Vieillot). Remarks.—As the genus Rhynchaea Cuvier* has Scolopax capensis Linnaeus as type it is a synonym of Rostratula. Rynchina Fleming* and Rhynchena Gloger® are emendations of Rhynchea Cuvier. Though superficially similar to the Old World painted snipes, the South American species is strikingly different in structural characters. Stigmatura budytoides inzonata, subsp. nov. Characters.—Similar to Stigmatura budytoides budytoides (d’Orbigny and Lafresnaye)® but white blotches on inner webs of four outer rectrices reduced to small spots on the first (outermost) three and lacking on the fourth. Similar also to S. b. flavocinerea (Burmeister)? but lores and super- ciliary stripe yellow; wing edgings paler and yellow of underparts clearer. 1Rostratula Vieillot, Analyse, 1816, p. 56, type Scolopax capensis Linnaeus. 2Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., vol. 6, 1816, p. 402. (Paraguay.) 3Regn. Anim., vol. 1, 1817, p. 487. 4Philos. Zool., vol. 2, 1822, p. 255. (‘‘R. capensis.’’) - 5Hand-und Hilfsb. Naturg., 1842, p. 424. (‘‘Rhynchena, Rhynchea!’’) 6Culicivora budytoides d’Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, Cl. II, p. 56. (Valle Grande, Bolivia.) 7Phylloscartes flavo-cinerea Burmeister, Reise La Plata-Staaten, vol. 2, 1861, p. 455. (Valleys of Sierra Uspallata, Mendoza, Argentina.) 21—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 36, 1923. (143) 144 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Description.—Type, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cat. No. 86,172, adult male in fresh fall plumage, from Tapia, Province of Tucum4n, Argentina, collected April 9, 1921, by James L. Peters (orig. No. 4256). Entire upperparts citrine drab; lores and superciliary stripe straw yellow; a blackish spot in front of the eye; auriculars straw yellow anteriorly, shading posteriorly into the color of the upperparts; throat straw yellow shading into amber yellow on the abdomen; sides of chest washed with dark olive buff; flanks darker than straw yellow; under tail coverts straw yellow tipped with dark olive buff; wings chaetura drab, inner webs edged with whitish basally; externally the outer secondaries narrowly edged with whitish; inner secondaries broadly edged and tipped with whitish; primary coverts blackish; secondary coverts blackish broadly tipped with gray number 10 forming a broad patch or band; tail almost black, all but the outermost pair of rectrices faintly edged with citrine drab; outermost rectrix white on the outer web with broad white tip, and a small white spot on the middle portion of the inner web; the next two pairs less broadly tipped with white and white spot on the middle portion of the inner web small or indistinct. Legs and feet blackish (from dried skin). Measurements (in millimeters).—Males, 6 specimens, wing 56.0-61.8 (59.6); tail 70.7-77.5 (75.3); culmen from base 11.0-11.5 (11.2); tarsus 20.5-22.4 (21.6). Female, 1 specimen, wing 54.2 (tail imperfect); culmen from base 11.3; tarsus 20.5. Type specimen (male), wing 59.5; tail 77.5; culmen from base 11.5; tarsus 22.0. Range.—Known from the Province of Tucum4n (Tapia), northwestern Argentina. Remarks.—The skins from Tapia have been compared with one specimen of Stigmatura b. budytoides, a bird from the Lafresnaye collection, which while not a co-type, is an authentic specimen bese a label in the handwriting of Lafresnaye. Entotriccus, gen. nov. Characters.—Similar to Knipolegus Boie! but primaries greatly narrowed with the sixth to the tenth (outermost) distinctly falcate; seventh primary longest; tenth primary shorter than the first. Type.—Muscisazicola striaticeps d’Orbigny and Lafresnaye? which now becomes Entotriccus striaticeps (d’Orbigny and Lafresnaye). Remarks.—The characters given for this genus serve to distinguish it not only from Knipolegus but also from all other known Tyrannidae. Mr. Ridgway apparently had this bird in mind when he described the genus Pheotriccus? but as he cited as type Cnipolegus hudsont Sclater* Pheotriccus must be used for that bird. 1Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 973, type Muscicapa comata Lichtenstein. 2Mazg. Zool., 1837, Cl. II, p. 66. (Chiquitos, Bolivia.) 3Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 18, Sept. 2, 1905, p. 209. 4Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1872, p. 541, pl. 31. (Eastern Rio Negro, Rio Negro, Argentina.) ee ae ee ee { ea ee ee ee eS ee a Ke \ Wetmore and Peters—Argentine Birds. 145 Mimus patagonicus tricosus, subsp. nov. Characters.—Similar to Mimus patagonicus patagonicus (d’Orbigny and Lafresnaye)! but decidedly paler gray above. Description —Type, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 237,199, male, collected at Lujan de Cuyo, Province of Mendoza, Argentina, July 8, 1912, by Ren- ato Sanzin (orig. no. 33). Crown, hind-neck and back paler than mouse gray; streak across lores dark neutral gray; superciliary stripe extending from nostrils back over eye to hind part of head white; streak behind eye dark mouse gray; fore part of cheeks whitish, becoming avellaneous on ear coverts and lower sides of neck, barred faintly and narrowly on cheeks with dark mouse gray; lower back and rump dull wood brown; upper tail coverts mouse gray; wing-coverts basally fuscous-black, all tipped broadly with white shading to avellaneous toward the back; alula, primaries and secondaries dull black; primaries margined and tipped with white, secon- daries tipped with white, margined and washed with avellaneous; primary ~ eoverts dull black tipped with white; bend of wing white; rectrices dull black, median pair tipped with grayish, others tipped broadly with white, the tips wider on the two outermost feathers; outer rectrix with outer web and a narrow line on outer margin of inner web white; throat white; lower fore-neck and upper breast smoke gray with a faint wash of white and avellaneous at the tips of the feathers; middle lower breast and abdomen tilleul-buff; sides and flanks between wood brown and avellaneous; under tail-coverts dull pinkish buff; under wing coverts tilleul-buff; axillars mouse gray; anterior tibia white becoming dark neutral gray behind. Bill, tarsus and feet black. i Measurements (in millimeters).—Males (2 specimens), wing 109.5-110.6;? tail 103.3-104.8;? culmen from base 18.0-19.1;? tarsus 34.2?-34.3. Females (3 specimens) 107.5-110.0 (108.5); tail 102.0—-103.8 (102.9); culmen from base 18.0—19.0 (18.3); tarsus 33.7-37.0 (35.2). Range.—Known from the Province of Mendoza (Lujan Cuyo, Mendoza, and El Salto, above Potrerillos), Argentina. | Remarks.—Immature birds in fresh fall plumage are much darker than adults but are still distinctly grayer than skins in similar stage from northern Patagonia. 10rpheus patagonicus d’Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Mag. Zool., 1837, Cl. II, p. 19. (Patagonia.) 2Type. . Vol. 36, pp. 147-156 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS | BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NEW MARINE TANAID AND ISOPOD CRUSSt€ Wer mys FROM CALIFORNIA. Sha mys BY PEARL LEE BOONE. _ The numerous contributions of Tanaid and Isopod Crustacea : from the west coast of North America received at the United States National Museum since the publication of Dr. Harriet H Richardson’s masterly “‘ Monograph on the Isopods of North 1 America,”’ have necessitated an additional report on this fauna. ! Delays in the publication of this work make it desirable to give status now to the new forms found. The one new genus and new species of Tanaid and the two new genera and five new species of marine Isopods herein described will be more fully discussed and illustrated in a forthcoming monograph. Order: TANAIDACEA. i Family: APSEUDIDAE. | Genus: Dalapseudes, new. Second antennae without scale. Exopods present on both pair of a gnathopods. Epipodytes present on last five pairs of legs. Three pairs of pleopoda are present, the branches of which are well developed. Eyes | present. Abdomen consists of six distinct segments. Mouthparts well 1 developed. Unique. ! Type: Dalapseudes pedispinis, new species, from Laguna Beach, California. Dalapseudes pedispinis, new species. Body elongated, narrow, gradually tapering posteriorly. Head with frontal margin produced into a semiconvex, subtriangulate median rostral process between the basal joints of the first antennae. Eyes 4 large, reddish brown, occupying ocular processes articulated to the head. The first pair of antennae has a peduncle of two articles, the basal one . relatively stout and slightly longer than the distal. The biramose flagellum r consists of a superior branch composed of seven slender articles, and an r 22—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (147) —— = — a 148 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. equal inferior branch composed of seven articles; all the joints of the anten- nae are set with long hairs. The greater antennae are about as long as the head. The second antennae extend slightly beyond the second joint of the peduncle of the first antennae and consist of a peduncle of two slender articles and a flagellum of four rings. The peduncle of the second antennae is sparsely set with long hairs but there is no scale present. Thorax: The first segment of the thorax is coalesced with the head, form- ing a carapace; the second is a little shorter than those following, the third and fourth are subequal, each being a little longer than the second; the fifth, sixth and seventh are about equal, each being about one and one-half times as long as the second segment. The lateral margins of the third, fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh segments are distinctly cleft and the post- lateral angles of the seventh segment are decidedly produced posteriorly. Epimera dorsally distinct on the last four segments, extending the posterior half of the lateral margins. The gnathopods are slender, in the normal position curving over the mouthparts, not extending beyond the anterior margin of the head. The hand is chubby, the thumb being thick and bluntly pointed and the finger slender and decidedly curved, the tip being quite pointed and the inner margin finely serrate. The second, third, fourth, and fifth pairs of legs are similar in structure, being relatively weak and graduatingly decreasing in size posteriorly. The last three joints of each leg are flattened, blade- shaped, with the inner margins densely set with long spines, the terminal joint being tipped with three distinct spines with lesser spines interspersed. Epipodytes are present, they spring from the basal joint of the leg and are directed obliquely posteriorly, the distal ends reaching almost to the median ventral line. Each epipodyte is shaped like a long slender blade, terminat- ing in a subtriangulate point, the three posterior epipodytes are narrower. Abdomen: All six segments are distinct, the first, second and third are narrow, subequal, the fourth and fifth are wider, subequal, having the postlateral angles posteriorly produced. The telson is shield-shaped, having the posterior margin bluntly rounded. The uropoda arise from the ventral surface of the telson; the first joint is rudimentary, the second is a squarish, flat blade, bearing a few fine hairs along the margin. Three pairs of pleopoda are present and have the branches well-developed. The holotype was collected at Laguna Beach, California, by Dr. William A. Hilton, who donated it to the collections of the United States National Museum. Order: ISOPODA. Superfamily: CYMOITHOIDEA. Family: ANTHURIDAE. Genus: Edanthura, new. First five segments of abdomen distinct in both sexes. Flagella of both pairs of antennae rudimentary in both sexes. Mouthparts well-developed, with articulation distinctly different from that of the other genera of this family. } Type: Edanthura linearis, new species from Laguna Beach, California. Boone—New Marine Tanaid and Isopod Crustacea. 149 Edanthura linearis, new species. Body narrow, subcylindric, linear, surface smooth, color light yellow. Head rectagular, longer than wide with frontal margin with a distinct median point;-anterolateral angles decidedly produced terminating in a point that reaches almost to the distal end of the peduncle of the first antennae. Eyes distinct, elliptical, set obliquely in the anterolateral angles of the head. The first antennae consist of a peduncle and rudimentary flagellum. The second antennae are similar with a slight difference in size. Mouthparts well-developed, unique. Thorax: The first six segments are squarish, the first, second and third being about equal, the fourth, fifth and sixth being about equal, each of the latter being slightly longer than any of the former, the seventh segment is about one-half as long as the first. The first and second segments are narrower posteriorly with the line of segmentation emphasized. Legs: the first pair are geniculate, relatively short, stout, subchelate, having the first joint long, produced outward like a shoulder, the second resemble a stout forearm, the third is quite short, the fourth, fifth and sixth taper and terminate in a curved pointed dactyl. Four pairs of marsupial plates are present, they are very thin, transparent, squarish with the free edges very slightly rounded at the corners. Abdomen: This consists of six distinct segments and is slightly longer than the last two thoracic segments taken together; the first segment is hidden dorsally by the seventh thoracic segment being distinguishable only laterally and ventrally; the second and third segments are narrow, similar and subequal; the fourth segment is similar but slightly wider than the preceding segment; the fifth segment resembles the fourth, the telson is as long as the outer uropoda and is V-shaped and fringed with hairs. Uro- poda: The superior branch of the uropoda overarch the telson, but do not quite meet in the dorsal center. they are somewhat convex and are directed obliquely sidewise, combining with the inferior uropoda and other features of the telson in creating afanlike aspect. There is a distinctly cleft incision on the extreme posterior margin, which gives the superior uropod a decided- ly bilobed aspect; the inferior branch of the uropod is as long as the telson, relatively narrow basally, widening distally, the posterior margin being straight; the first joint terminates about the posterior margin of the superior uropod. The uropoda and telson are heavily fringed with long fine hairs. The pleopoda are slender and heavily fringed with fine hairs. This species was collected at Laguna Beach, California, by Dr. William Hilton, who with characteristic generosity donated it to the collections of the United States National Museum. Superfamily: SPHAEROMINAE. Genus: ExosPHAEROMA. Exosphaeroma aphrodita, new species. Animal exquisitely sculptured and ornamented, iridescent pearly, fairy- like in its ethereal beauty. Head strongly convex, anterior margin rounded and ornamented by a — cna a ~~ = a a ae ee 150 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. prominent median tubercle on each side of which is a lesser elongate tubercle; along the posterior margin there is a row of five, similar, subequal elongate tubercles. Eyes prominent, elliptical, composite, occupying the postlateral angle of the head. The first antennae have the two peduncular joints enlarged, stout, subequal, and a flagellum of four short joints which taken together are about as long as the second peduncular joint. The first antennae extend about to the anterior margin of the first thoracic segment. The second antennae are as long or a trifle longer than the first antennae. The mouth parts are typical Exosphaeroma; the second third and fourth articles of the palp of the maxillipeds are very decided produced. Thorax: The first segment is longer than the head and bears a transverse row consisting of five similar, equal, hemispherical tubercles along the anterior margin, evenly spaced, each one in line with the elongate tubercles of the head; there is also a transverse row of seven similar hemispherical tubercles along the posterior margin of this segment; the second, third and fourth segments are similar and subequal, each bearing a transverse row of seven similar hemispherical tubercles placed in line with the posterior row of tubercles of the first segment and situated along the posterior margins of the respective segments; the fifth and sixth segments are slightly longer than the preceding ones, subequal, each ornamented with a row of seven hemispherical tubercles placed as on the preceding segments; the seventh segment is longer in the median area and has the posterior margin produced to a prominent median tooth giving the segment a triangulate effect; on either side of this median tooth separated by asmall recurvate space is asmall tooth which in turn is separated by a wider recurvate space from another tooth intermediate in size. The epimera are well developed, closely ap- pressed to the segments, and having the dorsal surface decidedly concave forming a groove, the epimera of the fifth and sixth segments have the outer marginal edge decidedly curled over and inward; the sixth epimera are decidedly produced posteriorly. The legs are ambulatory, similar and subequal. | Abdomen: This consists of two closely fused segments; the first segment resembles the seventh thoracic segment having the posterior margin pro- duced to a median tooth and with two lesser teeth on each side as on the seventh segment. The telson is produced triangulately with the apex slightly rounded. Itis elevated rooflike in the median dorsal line and has the sides sloping and terraced; there are four small dentitions in the anterior region forming a V-like design; posterior to these are eight smaller dentitions forming a wider V; succeeding this is a prominent line of suture roughly paralleling the lateral margins of the segment; there is a second shorter, less distinct line of suture close to the lateral margin. These suture lines unite in a tridentate pattern near the apex of the telson. Pleopoda one, two and three bear no stylet, are similar, subequal and heavily fringed with hairs. Pleo- poda four and five have subequal, ovate, fleshy branches with transverse ridges. Pleopoda are identical in both sexes. The uropoda arise at the base of the telson and are closely appressed thereto; they are very much expanded, being more than twice as wide distally as basally; the inner branch has the distal margin bluntly rounded, the outer branch produced to Boone—New Marine Tanaid and Isopod Crustacea. 151 a slightly triangulate apex and is slightly cleft or channeled on each side midway between the apex and the lateral margins. The outer lateral margin of the outer branch of the uropoda is strongly bent upward and curved over inward upon the dorsal surface. The type and additional material were collected at La Jolla, California, and are in the collections of the United States National Museum. This species is at once distinguished from all described Sphaerominae by its exquisite sculpturing and ornamentation. Out of many thousands of specimens of Isopoda which I have examined, this species is probably the most beautiful. DYNAMENELLA Hansen 1905. Dynamenella conica, new species. Body oval, convex, surface coarsely granular, ground color yellowish dusted with black. Head about twice as wide as long, with frontal contour _relatively straight, heavily keeled, below which the margin is narrowly pro- - duced with the frontal edge marked by a narrow, median truncate point, on either side of which is a U-shaped incision, followed by a straight area that extends to the anterior part of the eye. The first antennae have a peduncle of three stout, subequal articles and a flagellum of three slender articles, distally tipped with a few hairs; it extends almost to the anterior margin of the third thoracic segment. The second antennae have a peduncle of five, slender, subequal articles and a flagellum of nine fine rings, each bearing an almost tuft of hairs, and extending to the anterior margin of the fourth thoracic segment. The second, third and fourth articles of the palp of the maxillipeds are produced inwardly into lobes. The man- dible has a palp of three articles. The first segment of the thorax is about 11% times as long as any of the following segments:which are subequal. The first segment has the lateral margins heavily ridged; the epimera occur on the second to seventh seg- ments inclusive and have the outer angles rounded. The legs are normal; the first three pairs are directed anteriorly, the last four are directed posteriorly. The distal three joints of each leg are somewhat sparsely and irregularly set with fine short hairs. The abdomen is composed of two segments; the penultimate segment does not show lines of fusion; it has the median area roundly produced, with a strong ridged carination along the median posterior margin, on either side of which is an acute incision forming a point, thence strongly arcuate with the extreme postlateral angle produced to a rounded point, resembling the epimera of the seventh thoracic segment. The telson is strongly convex, triangulate, with the postlateral margins infolding, funnel-like around a narrow sub-elliptical aperture, which is incomplete on the ventral side; the entire posterior margin is heavily carinated, the aperture margin being finely crenulate also. The dorsal surface is ornamented by a pair of strong ridges that extend almost to the anterior end of the funnel like aperture. These ridges are separated by a deep groove-like depression and each is followed by a row consisting of three convex tubercles, the central tubercle being minutely larger and equidistant from the other two, the three forming 152 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. a line equal in length and depth to the above cited ridges, from which they are separated by a deep groove-like depression equal to the median depres- sion. These rows of three tubercles are followed by a less distinct row con- sisting of two small indistinct tubercles the anterior one being near the base of the uropoda, the posterior being on a line with the middle tubercle of the adjacent row. The uropoda consist of a brief, swollen peduncle and two similar subequal, subovate branches which extend slightly beyond the posterior margin of the telson. The pleopoda are normal. Both sexes of this species are known. They are very similar, differing only in that the second pleopoda of the male bears a stylet, and the brush- like tufts of setae on the flagellum of the antennae of the male are more pro- nounced, while the tubercles on the abdomen of the female are weaker and sometimes relatively inconspicuous but always distinct. The present species is the fourth representative of this genus to be reported from the West Coast of North America; incidentally it may be noted that Monterey Bay, California, the type locality of the three previ- ously described species, is also the first locality from which the present species is recorded. In June, 1905, Dr. J. E. Benedict, of the United States National Museum secured two specimens at Pacific Grove, Monterey Bay, Cat. No. 50413, U.S. N. M., but owing to their imperfect condition I have selected as type a specimen from the material secured by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross during the biological explorations of San Francisco Bay, 1912. The type comes from Red Rock, middle San Francisco Bay, Aug. 3, 1912, Cat. No. 50414, U.S. N. M. Additional material secured by the same cruise is in the collection of the United States National Museum as follows: Cat. No. 50415, Key Route Pier, Aug. 3, 1912, 1 specimen; Cat. No. 50416, Sausalito Ferry building, on pile, 1 sp.; Cat. No. 50417, Bonita Point, between tidemarks, Aug. 1, 1912, 1 speci- men. Dynamenella conica is at once distinguished from the other members of the genus by the rows of tubercles on the telson. SPHAEROMINAE HUBRANCHIATAE. Clianella, new genus. First antennae with basal articles swollen, sculptured, dovetailing with the sculptured, carinated frontal margin of the head. Basal joint of antennulae normal, not expanded in a free plate. Without processes on thorax. Abdomen with apex bisected by a deep channel which widens at the anterior end into a crescent surrounding an overhanging blunt tooth. The postlateral wall of the telson is produced to a greater depth below the uropoda than above and is broadly thickened and rounded and distinctly excavated. The uropoda are subsimilar, extending beyond the telson which they entirely surround except in the median area, where their inner margins prolong the channel; the anterolateral margin of the outer blade slightly surrounding the inner blade. The pleopoda one, and pleopoda two, each bear an appendix masculina. ‘The endopoda of pleopods three is one jointed. Genotype.—Clianella elegans, collected at La Jolla, Calif. Boone—New Marine Tanaid and Isopod Crustacea. 153 Clianella elegans, new species. Body rather broadly elongate, ovate, moderately vaulted. The head is nearly twice as wide as long, is wider posteriorly and has the frontal margin produced in a rimlike carination which is sculptured frontally to dovetail with the antennae. The eyes are very large, round, occupying the entire anterolateral areas. The superior antennae arise beside the clypeus, have the first joint elongate, swollen, sculptured, the second joint also swollen and sculptured but not quite half as long as the first joint, the third joint is about as long as the second, but much slenderer, and a flagel- lum of about fourteen subequal rings, which reach about midway the first thoracic segment. The inferior antennae has the first, second and third joints short, subequal, the fourth joint twice as long as the third, the fifth joint slightly longer than the fourth and a flagellum of sixteen subequal rings each of which bears a small brush of setae on the anterior distal mar- gin. The second antennae reaches not quite to the posterior margin of the _third thoracic segment. The second, third and fourth articles of the palp of the maxillipeds are produced into lobes. The first thoracic segment is about as long in the median area as the head and has the anterolateral areas decidedly convex and the anterolateral angles produced closely around the ocular lobes. The second to seventh segments inclusive are subequal. The epimera are completely fused with the respective segments. The seventh thoracic segment bears a median transverse row of closely spaced granulations. The first abdominal segment is approximately one and one-half times as wide in the median area as the seventh thoracic segment. It has the lateral area produced a trifle beyond the thoracic marginal line and curiously thickened ventrally. A vague minute line in the anterior area just inside the lateral angulation of the seventh thoracic segment indicates coalesced segments, this line vanishes in the median lateral region but reappears indistinctly in the central region. A second, pronounced line indicating coalescence occurs on the posterior lateral region and follows the curved posterior margin of the first abdominal segment and vanishes rather abruptly. Two rows of alternately spaced, somewhat larger granulations transverse this segment. The terminal segment is subtriangulate with the anterior two-thirds moderately convex and divided into lobes by a moderate median longitudinal depression. The apex is bisected by a deep channel which widens at the anterior end into a crescent which surrounds an over- hanging blunt, round, toothlike projection. The incision is quite deep, being nearly one-third as long as the telson. The margins of the channel are finely crenulate. The postlateral third of the telson is a sloping border definitely, closely appressed to the uropoda and slightly ridged at this point, viewed ventrally this postlateral wall of the telson is produced to a greater depth below the uropoda than above; this produced part has the outer wall convex, widening and thickening toward the base of the uropod, ridged along the extreme ventral margin and thence the internal wall is slightly rounded and excavated to,form the pleopod cavity. The first and second pairs of pleopoda each bear an appendix masculina. The 154 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. third pleopoda have the exopod one-jointed, the fourth pleopoda have a leaf-like exopod and an endopod marked by heavy transverse folds, the fifth pleopoda have a leaf-like exopod and the endopod more heavily marked by transverse folds than that of the fourth endopod. The uropoda are sub- similar, arise at the base of the teson and are closely appressed thereto, they are larger, very much expanded, being one and one-half times as wide distally as basally, broadly rounded distally with the margin finely crenu- late. ‘They extend beyond the telson a distance approximately equal to two-fifths the length of the sinus, but their respective inner margins con- tinue the marginal wall of the sinus, thus accentuating the channel. The outer branch viewed ventrally is decidedly convex, its anterior lateral margin slightly over-arching the inner blade. Six specimens were collected from the debris from bunches of mussels along the outer ledge of rocks north of Scripps Institution for Biological Research, La Jolla, California, Oct. 23, 1915. The type, Cat. No. 50421, U.S. N. M., and two paratypes are in the collections of the U. S. National Museum; three additional paratypes are in the collections of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research. Another representative of the same species was collected at Point White, San Pedro, California, May 18, 1919, by Mr. E. P. Chace and donated to the U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 50422. Superfamily: IpoTHEOIDEA. . Erichsonella pseudoculata, new species. Body rectilinear, about three and a half times as long as wide. Head wider than long, with frontal margin produced to a depressed blunt triangu- lar median rostrum between the antennal foramina and with the anter- lateral angles produced hornlike, somewhat flaring; the median lateral margin is roundly excavate and the postlateral angle is occupied by the small spherical eyes; the median dorsal surface of the head is convex and produced anteriorly into two conical, forward-projecting, hornlike tubercles which extend beyond the median frontal margin of the head. The first antennae are short reaching only to the distal end of the second joint of the second antennae and have the basal joint entirely and the second joint almost entirely hidden, the third joint is very swollen and has its distal margin produced resembling the rostral joint; the fourth and fifth joints are slenderer, subequal, wider distally and the flagellum is clavate but bearing . 7 or 8 indistinct minute markings of coalescence, and a fringe of hairs on the distal margin. The second antennae are very conspicuous, being nearly half as long as the body and decidedly geniculate, the first article is quite inconspicuous, the second article is quite broad, widening anteriorly and having the distal margin recurvate like flower petals, the third article is about as long as the second, but is flattened, the fourth is twice as long as the third, the fifth is about as long as the third, all have the distal margin recurvate and produced into points; the flagellum is clavate, about as long as the fourth joint of the peduncle and has a fringe of fine hairs on the distal end. Thorax: The first thoracic segment is somewhat shorter in the median ae ee ee el ee pl pe Boone—New Marine Tanaid and Isopod Crustacea. 155 area than any of the following and has the median anterior margin slightly bilobate and the anterolateral angles decidedly acutely produced and pro- jecting with the apex notched and the entire process shining black, giving the appearance of huge triangulate eyes. The median dorsal line is pro- duced into two ridgelike tubercles placed one behind the other. The second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth thoracic segments are about equal, the seventh segment is slightly shorter than those preceding; each has the median dorsal line ridged and a single tubercle on the median posterior margin. The epimeral plates are very small, bilobate, scarcely visible dorsally on the first segment, but are distinct on the second to seventh seg- ments inclusive. Those of the second, third and fourth segments are small, triangulate, and placed under and occupy part of the anterior half of the margin of the segment, the fifth epimeron is slightly wider and situated a little more posteriorly, the sixth and seventh epimera are quite large, occupying the entire posterior half of the margin of their respective seg- ments and being longer and directed backward, whereas the other epimera are quite short and are directed straight outwards. The legs are all ambu- latory, similar and subequal and have the dactyli biunguiculate. The abdomen is vaulted, shield-shaped, and is composed of a single seg- ment but bears a decided lateral incision and single distinct, incomplete suture line indicating the fused first segment; this part is quite narrow in the lateral region but has the central portion strongly ridged and gently produced, being nearly five times as long in the median dorsal line as in the lateral line; three slight but distinct tubercles along the median ridge indi- cate the areas of the completely fused second, third, fourth and fifth seg- ments; the telson is typically shield-shaped with the central area vaulted and the suggestion of a median line extending clear to the apex of the posterior end; the posterior margin is produced into a median point which is strong and acute; extending decidedly beyond the lateral angles which are almost absolute right angles. The uropoda have the apical joints triangulate, about one-fifth as long as the peduncular joint, and each uro- pod bears two distinct nodules along the line of union of the two joints; the peduncular joint has the free lateral margin heavily grooved. The species may be at once distinguished from all the American Frichsonellas by its huge and curious false eyes; also by the presence of a lateral incision on the abdomen. The type, a unique specimen, Cat. No. 50420 U. 8. N. M., comes from San Pedro, California, and was collected by Mr. E. P. Chace. It is interest- ing to note that this is the first Hrichsonella reported from the West Coast of North America, the three other American members of this genus being from the East Coast. Ha hiaak th Mt ‘iy Rec # Vol. 36, pp. 157-158 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS A 2 i OF THE ICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON’ GENUS PHENACOMYS. BY A. BRAZIER HOWELL. In the course of a study of the microtine genus Phenacomys, based largely on specimens in the Biological Survey Collection, U. S. Department of Agriculture, it has been found necessary to recognize two additional races heretofore undescribed. These may be known as follows: Phenacomys intermedius levis, subsp. nov, Alberta Phenacomys. Type from Saint Mary’s Lake, Teton County, Montana. Male adult; No. 72,405, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collection); col- lected by A. H. Howell, May 23, 1895; original No. 13. Diagnosis.—Smallest race of this genus, being somewhat smaller than P. i. intermedius but indistinguishable from certain skins of the latter in color. The skull of levis is much smaller, with rostrum, which although relatively shorter, is more robust. The bullae are proportionately larger and the incisive foramina smaller. _ Measurements.—Average of eight adult topotypes (collectors’ figures): Total length, 138; tail, 34; foot, 17.6. Average of seven adult skulls of topotypes: condylobasilar length, 22.5; nasals, 7.2; interorbital breadth, 3.6; zygomatic breadth, 14; lambdoidal width, 11 ; Incisive foramina, 4.5; maxillary toothrow, 5.8; height, 8.4. Geographic distribution —The eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains at least from central Alberta south to Teton County, Montana. Remarks.—This race may be easily told from its neighbors by its small size. The animals from the neighborhood of Smoky River, central Alberta, are not quite typical, but are much closer to levis than to any other form. _ This race seems to be confined to the easternmost part of the Rocky Mountain slopes in the range indicated, for it evidently does not penetrate for any distance into British Columbia, and is not found in western nor southern Montana. 23—Proc. Bio. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 36, 1923. (157) 158 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Phenacomys intermedius celsus, subsp. nov. Sierran Phenacomys. Type from Muir Meadow at 9300 feet, Tuolumne Meadows, Yosemite National Park, California. Male adult; No. 109,103, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collection); collected by J. H. Gaut, as 13, 1901; original No. 250. Die —A race slightly smaller and very much paler shane Pheu! comys intermedius olympicus, to which it is most closely related. Skull with larger braincase, stouter though no longer rostrum, and practically no indi- cation of interorbital ridging. The incisive foramina are much smaller and — the molars very much heavier. The skins are quite comparable with the paler specimens of P. 7. intermedius, but skulls of typical celsus may be told at a glance by their very much larger size, heavier rostra and larger bullae. Measurements.—Average of five adults from the Yosemite Park (col- lectors’ figures): Total length, 148; tail, 39; foot, 18. Average of three adult skulls from the same region: condylobasilar length, 24.1; nasals, 7.8; interorbital breadth, 4; zygomatic breadth, 15.8; lambdoidal width, 11.9; incisive foramina, 4.3; maxillary toothrow, 6.2; height, 9.4. Geographic distribution.—So far as known, the Sierra Nevada of Cali- fornia from the Yosemite Park north to the vicinity of Lake Tahoe. Remarks.—This race, although considered closest in relationship to P. i. olympicus is readily distinguishable, by both external and cranial charac- ters. Furthermore, the two races are separated by a quite different animal which ranges into the mountains of southern Oregon and northern Cali- fornia and whose affinities are clearly with P. 7. intermedius of the Great Basin and Rocky Mountains. Individuals from the vicinity of Lake Tahoe are not typical of celsus, but are nearer this than to anything else now recognized. bo 2? Vol. 36, pp. 159-160 May 1, 4828 PROCEEDINGS — OF THE Vp € ~ rag & x OGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON re BY E. W. NELSON AND E. A. GOLDMAN. Among the specimens of mammals collected on our overland expedition through Lower California in 1905-06 is a series of pocket mice of the genus Perognathus, from Magdalena Island. These specimens reveal distinctive characters, and form the basis for the new subspecies described below. Perognathus penicillatus albulus, subsp. nov. Pale Pocket Mouse. Type from Magdalena Island, Lower California, Mexico. No. 146864, o adult, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collection), collected by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman, December 3, 1906. Original number 18733. General characters.—A small and unusually light-colored form, most closely allied to Perognathus penicillatus arenarius, but upperparts decidedly paler, the buffy element much less obscured by dusky hairs. Similar to P. p. ammophilus, but considerably smaller with distinctive cranial char- acters. Color.—Type: Upperparts in general near light buff (Ridgway, 1912), palest on cheeks, shoulders, sides, and outer surface of hind limbs, finely and rather inconspicuously mixed or lined with brownish black on top of head and over back; underparts, fore limbs, and hind feet white; tail light brownish above, whitish below. Skull.—Closely resembling that of P. p. arenarius, but averaging smaller, less massive. Similar to that of P. p. ammophilus, but decidedly smaller with relatively weaker zygomatic arches. Measurements.—Type: Greatest length, 155; tail vertebrae, 83; hind foot, 22. Average and extremes of nine adults, including type, from type locality: 156 (147-164); 86 (79-98); 23.2 (21-23). Skull (type): Greatest length, 22.8; mastoid width, 12; zygomatic width, 11.2; interorbital con- striction, 6.1; nasals, 8.7; interparietal, 7 x 3.4; maxillary toothrow, 3.4. Remarks.—The pallid coloration of this pocket mouse appears to be associated with that of the shifting sand dunes it inhabits. It appears to 24—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (159) ~ (160 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. be restricted to Magdalena Island, but is evidently very closely allied to the darker form which occurs on the adjacent mainland. In color it closely - resembles P. p. ammophilus of Santa Margarita Island, but is readily distinguished by smaller size, and the cranial characters pointed out. Specimens examined.—14, all from the type locality. FURTHER NOTES ON NAMES OF EMESINAE 0673 Vol. 36, pp. 161-164 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTO reB 25 Woe Na Z- ag Ona. MUSE OTHER RHYNCHOTA. BY W. L. McATEE AND J. R. MALLOCH. Five names for genera of Heteroptera proposed by Johann Friedrich Wolff in 1811 have been overlooked by compilers of _ the great zoological nomenclators as Agassiz, Scudder, Sher- born, and Waterhouse. We are indebted to Dr. E. Bergroth _for reference to the work in which these names occur, namely, | Icones Cimicum Descriptionibus illustratae, Fasc. V, Erlangen, 1811. It is due to Dr. Bergroth that we note his opinion that | these names are nomina nuda, but as they are acceptable under | the International Code of Nomenclature, the A. O. U. Code | and the Entomological Code, works which guide the great ; majority of American taxonomists, we are unable to concur in | Dr. Bergroth’s view. On page IV of the introduction of the work cited, Wolff . reviews the increase in the number of heteropterous genera since the publication of his first fascicle in 1800. The activities of Fabricius in this respect are especially noted and Wolff goes on to say that he accepts the new Fabrician genera and names some others himself. He then gives in each case the new name, a German vernacular name, and the number of the species to which the name is applied. These numbers refer to full specific descriptions and to figures on colored plates which are numbered to correspond throughout the work. The names with accom- panying citations are: No. 161. Orius, Waldwanze. page IV 169. Thyreocoris (previously by Schranck in Fauna Boica) Schildwanze. bat a 187. Coryna, Keulenwanze. 192. 193. Aellopus, Schnellwanze. Mote 197. Empicoris, Mickenwanze. 200. Himacerus, Peitschenwanze. 25—Proc. Brou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 36, 1923. (161) —~—. e ? — a a ae _ > ¥ ——_, pe. mf rs) eo 2? ==. — 162 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Of these generic names Orius and Himacerus appear not to have been used by any other authors. Whether Coryna has been used elsewhere is in question while each of the others has been employed by one or more systematists. Except in the case of Thyreocoris, Wolff's names have priority. Since Wolff mentioned but one species in connection with each genus (except Aellopus) he established genotypes and upon the identity of these depends the application of his names. The species cited and their equivalents in current catalogs are: No. 161. Salda nigra Wolff=Triphleps nigra Wolff. 169. Tetyra lateralis Fabricius=Thyreocoris lateralis Fabricius. 187. Corizus sidae Fabricius =Corizus sidae Fabricius. 192. Lygaeus aterrimus Fabricius = Microtoma atrata Goeze. 193. Lygaeus rolandri Linnaeus = Calyptonotus rolandri Linnaeus. 197. Gerris vagabundus Linnaeus = Ploiariola vagabunda Linnaeus. 200. Reduvius apterus Fabricius=Nabis apterus Fabricius. Thus seven genera are affected by the acceptance of Wolff’s names, the result in each case being briefly summarized below: Orius Wolff 1811 preoccupies Triphleps Fieber 1860 but by chance the genotype remains the same. Thyreocoris is avowedly used by Wolff in the sense of Schranck, Fauna Boica, 1801, but as Wolff cites only one species, he therefore designates the genotype, which is lateralis Fabricius, instead of scarabaeoides Linnaeus as now accepted. Coryna Wolff 1811 preoccupies the genus Corizus Fallen 1814 and the subgenus Niesthrea Spinola 1837 to which the species sidae is currently assigned. This species becomes the genotype instead of hyoscyami Lin- naeus as given in present-day catalogs. These statements are made with knowledge of Agassiz’s entry to the effect that there is a Coryna Gartner in Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, etc., 1766. Sherborn reports inability to locate this name and we also have inspected the work cited in vain. Should such an early Coryna be found valid the changes here suggested will not be necessary. Aellopus Wolff 1811 is earlier than any identical name in nomenclators, the earliest of which is by Koch 1843 an Arachnid name, the successor of which we do not attempt to trace. Since Wolff cited two species for this genus we select the first as genotype; as it is the same as the genotype of Microtoma Laporte 1832, this action substitutes Aellopus for that name. The combination Calyptonotus rolandri is left undisturbed. Empicoris Wolff 1811 preoccupies Empicoris Hahn 1834, a genus of Pentatomidae for which the next available name according to Kirkaldy’s catalogue is Dinocoris Burmeister, 1835. The genotype being Gerris vagabunda Linnaeus, Empicoris becomes the name for the Emesinae known as Ploiariola Reuter 1888 (=Ploiariodes White, 1881). Himacerus Wolff 1811 while a unique name in nomenclature does not preoccupy a genus in Heteroptera since its genotype is the same as that of Nabis Latreille 1802; it does, however, replace the subgeneric name A ptus Stal 1873. Ae mea a McAtee and Malloch—Emesinae and Other Rhynchota. 163 In relation to our previous nomenclatorial paper (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 35, p. 95, Aug. 30, 1922) it must be pointed out that Empicoris is to be substituted for Ploiariodes in every case. We take the opportunity also of correcting an error in that article; the wrong varietal name was cited as the prior equivalent of Ploiariodes canadensis Parshley. In nomenclature as modified by the present paper the latter name equals Empicoris vagabunda var. vagabunda Linnaeus. Tridemula described as a new genus by Horvath (Miscellanea Hemip- terologica XV. Ann. Mus. Nac. Hung. 12, 1914, pp. 654-646) we would rank as a subgenus of E’mpicoris. Before seeing Horvath’s paper we had sub- mitted for printing a manuscript containing a subgeneric name for the same segregate based on Ploiariodes calamine Kirkaldy (A Catalogue of the Hemiptera of Fiji; Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W., vol. 33, p. 372, 1908, of which we have seen a specimen, apparently the type (Bueno collection). The name of Horvath’s genotype, pilosa being preoccupied in Empicoris by pilosa Fieber 1861 we propose as a substitute for it the specific name horvathi. Hadrocranella Horvath (op. Horv. cit., pp. 647-648) seems to be a distinct genus, and parallel to the preceding case we had decided to name it on the basis of Ploiariodes medusa Kirkaldy (op. Kirk. cit., p. 373, Pl. IV, fig. 12). The description, and figure of the hemelytron of this species indicate that it is strictly congeneric with Horvath’s genotype (imbellis) from New Guinea. | Calphurnia Distant, Oriental Rhynchota Heteroptera (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 8, III, 1909, pp. 502-503) if correctly identified by Horvath (op. cit. p. 649) is a synonym of Emesopsis Uhler 1893; certainly Horvath’s species (pacalis from Formosa) belongs to that genus. Orthunga bivittata Uhler (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 19, p. 272, 1896) the type of which we have seen (U. S. National Museum) is a synonym of Myio- phanes tipulina Reuter. sS SS ?. ae a We f hi ‘ “ We i * - i . } . f \ ‘ ‘ Weds } h We wt ‘ \hy a oe tf ae. a aE ae ee ee << oe Se a a nes Vol. 36, pp. 165-168 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TWO DIPLOPOD IMMIGRANTS TAKEN AT HONO- LULU. BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN. Among diplopods taken at quarantine in Honolulu by inspec- tors of the Federal Horticultural Board were representatives of the two new polydesmoid genera described below. Desmoxytes, gen. nov. . A leptodesmid genus resembling in size and general form of body the Scuth American Trichomorpha, but with antennae and legs very long. Third joint of antennae longest, the sixth shorter than the fifth. Keels of second segment on same level as the others. All keels elevated, and with their posterior angles strongly and acutely produced and not at all decreasing on caudal segments. Each metazonite with a transverse sulcus, in front of which is a series of setigerous tubercles and behind which, along the caudal margin, is a series of large, conical, caudally projecting tubercles. Setae borne on caudal margin and on lateral teeth of keels. Repugnatorial pores on segments V, VII, [X, X, XII, XIII, and XV-XIX. Anal tergite triangular, with three transverse rows of setigerous tubercles. Legs long, without tarsal pads or other processes. Sternites unarmed excepting for a median process between legs of fifth segment of the male. Telopodite of gonopod long, the femoral division separated by greater thickness, clothing of setae, and a notch or constriction. Coxal hook present. Genotype.—Desmozxytes coniger, sp. nov. Desmoxytes coniger, sp. nov. The general color of the dorsum and the pleural region is chocolate brown, the venter being pale yellow or whitish. The head is almost black, with the clypeal region pale. The keels are light, like the venter. The antennae are dark, like the head, but the legs are pale, more or less darkened distally. Vertex of head crossed by a deep sulcus, with a few straight, erect setae on each side of it. The collum is semicircular, with the lateral caudal angles acutely pro- duced backward. A series of small setigerous tubercles along anterior margin. Four larger tubercles along posterior margin, and two obsolete ones in a transverse line near middle. No lateral teeth on keels. 26—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasa., Vou. 36, 1923. (165) 166 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Second tergite with an anterior row of four tubercles and a posterior row of four larger, of which the lateral are larger than the median ones. Pos- terior angles of keels more strongly and acutely produced, the lateral margin with a setigerous tooth near anterior corner and a smaller denticulation farther caudad. In subsequent segments the tubercles are similar, the conical ones on the caudal border first increasing and then decreasing in going toward caudal end of body, those on the eighteenth and nineteenth segments being much reduced. Pore on lateral margin just behind the second tooth, which is more developed on the poriferous segments. Last dorsal plate triangular, with two setiferous tubercles at caudal end and three transverse rows of setiferous tubercles across dorsal surface, the tubercles small and four in number in each series. Telopodite of male gonopod cleft at the free end into three rather short, principal divisions, or prongs. Of these the innermost is lamelliform, curved downward and then forward, and bears three teeth at end. The middle prong is simple and slender. The outer prong is slender and evenly curved, with concavity above; it is acutely pointed, and is the semeniferous branch. Length, 18 mm.; width, 2 mm. Holotype.—M. C. Z., 5,208 (). Locality.—Taken at Honolulu, Hawaii, in soil about plants from Buiten- zorg, Java, December 10, 1922, by E. M. Ehrhorn. Three adult males, an adult female, and many immature specimens. Chinosoma, gen. nov. A strongylosomoid form in which the keels are very narrow, almost obliterated, the poriferous ones much thicker than the others. Second keel obviously below level of the first and third. Prozonite separated from metazonite by a deep constriction. Meta- zonite crossed by a distinct transverse sulcus. Surface of segments smooth. Repugnatorial pores on segments V, VII, IX, X, XII, XIII, and XV- XIX. | Pleural keels present on second and third segments, but weak. First leg of male not thickened and not with any distinct processes. The fifth sternite of male with the usual median process, or lamella. In the gonopods of male the usual coxal hook is present. The femur distinctly set off. Telopodite deeply subdivided nearly to base. Semenif- erous branch a long, smooth blade from a segment distinctly set off adjacent to femur. The main branch broad and lamelliform, distally twisted, and forming a groove in which lies the apical part of the semeniferous branch. Genotype.—Chinosoma hodites, sp. nov. Chinosoma hodites, sp. nov. Body with a dark chocolate brown longitudinal stripe on each side of dorsum just above keels, and a second one on the side just below the keels, leaving a broad middorsal stripe and a narrower one at level of keels of a yellow color, the lower part of sides and the venter being alee yellow. Legs whitish. Head and antennae chocolate brown. Chamberlin—Two Diplopod Immigrants. 167 Vertigial sulcus of head distinct down to level of antennal sockets. Clypeal region with sparse setae. Second article of antennae longest, the third, fourth, and fifth subequal, the sixth a little longer than these. Dorsum smooth and shiny. Constriction between prozonite and meta- zonite of segments deep, and the transverse sulcus of the latter distinct between the keels. The keels are narrow, convex from end to end as seen from above, with no trace of angulation behind, or of teeth. Narrowed cauda of last dorsal plate extending widely beyond valves, truncated end. In the telopodite of the male gonopods the femur is distinctly set off, and in the part distad of the femur a segment at base is also sharply set off and gives rise to the semeniferous blade from its inner side. The distal portion of telopodite is broader and is membranous, distally twisted, and having at the end three points, of which the one at the distal internal corner is longer and more finger-like. Length, 19 mm.; width, 1.6 mm. _ Holotype.—M. C. Z., 5,210 (7). Locality—Taken at Honolulu in soil about cactus plant in baggage from China, October 7, 1921. One adult male and three immature specimens. = = Sa a ee ea ree, | May 1, 1923 OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON OCCASIONAL NOTES ON OLD WORLD FERNS,—I: BY WILLIAM R. MAXON. Among the collections of ferns received for identification at the National Herbarium there are occasional lots of Old World specimens, among which are noted a few that are of more than ordinary interest. Except when a generic or group revision seemed to require extended treatment, these have usually not been dealt with, the writer’s studies having been confined almost wholly to tropical American species. In future, however, minor notes relating to Old World ferns—such as the transfer of species to their proper genus, the occasional description of others as new, the restoration of valid species from synonymy, notable exten- sions of range for little known species, and inevitable changes of name—will be brought together under the title above. There will be included, also, the publication of new or transferred names made necessary by the rearrangement of material in the Herbarium, especially in a few groups in which the generic nomenclature followed is at variance with that employed in Christensen’s Index Filicum. OPHIOGLOSSACEAE. Ophioglossum angustatum Maxon, nom. nov. Ophioglossum japonicum Prantl, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 1: 353. 1883; Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin 3: 327. pl. 8, f. 29. 1884. Not Ophioglossum japonicum Thunb. 1784, which is Lygodiwm japonicum (Thunb.) Swartz, 1801. Founded on two collections from Japan, and since discovered in Central China. A recent specimen received at the National Herbarium is from Peitaiho, growing with Jbidium sp. in a low situation in sand flats, Cowdry 274. The assignment of a new name is necessary, even under the Vienna.Code. 1Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 27—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 36, 1923. (169) 170 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. SCHIZAEACHAE. Lophidium dichotomum (L.) Maxon. Acrostichum dichotomum L. Sp. Pl. 1068. 1753. Schizaea dichotoma J. HE. Sm. Mem. Acad. Turin 5: 422. 1793. Schizaea cristata Willd. Sp. Pl. 5: 88. 1810. In describing the North American Schizaeaceae several years ago! the writer restored Richard’s genus Lophidium (1792), a small group of species that had been reduced to subgeneric rank under Schizaea J. E. Sm. (1793). This paleotropic species was there omitted, since only American members of the genus were treated. POLY PODIACEAE. Dryopteris transversaria (Brack.) Maxon. Nephrodium transversarium Brack. in Wilkes, U. S. Expl. Hbedt 16: 187. 1854. The type of this species, in the U. S. National Herbarium, consists of two sheets, representing a nearly complete frond from Tutuila, Samoan Islands, collected by the Wilkes Expedition. Two additional collections are at hand from Upolu, viz. C. G. Lloyd 34 and Safford 19. In Christensen’s Index Filicum this species is referred doubtfully to D. pennigera (Forst:) C. Chr. It bears no very close resemblance to that widely distributed plant, however, though listed by Luerssen among the numerous synonyms of Aspidium pennigerum. ‘Dryopteris setigera (Blume) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 813. 1891. Cheilanthes setigera Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 138. 1828. Lastrea setigera Bedd. Ferns Br. Ind. Correct. II. 1870. Not L. setigera Moore, 1858. Nephrodium setigerum Baker in Hook. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 284, in part. 1867. Not N. setigerum Presl, 1825. Aspidium uliginosum Kunze, Linnaea 20: 6. 1847. Polypodium tenericaule Wall.; Hook. Journ. Bot. Kew Mise. 9: 353, in part. 1857. Nephrodium tenericaule Hook. Sp. Fil. 4: 142, in part. 1862. Polypodium nemorale Brack. in Wilkes, U. 8S. Expl. Exped. 16: 16. 1854. In a recent large collection of Tahiti ferns by Setchell and Parks there were three specimens belonging to the group of Dryopteris setigera. One of these (no. 277) was found to represent D. setigera in its strict sense and two (nos. 19 and 237) to belong to the collective species known recently as D. ornata (Wall.) C. Chr. The taxonomic history of the group is too involved to be discussed profitably in great detail; yet the main results, — including the restoration of a well-marked species founded on Philippine material by Presl, should be recorded. ‘Dryopteris setigera is here regarded in its usual sense as applying to plants (first described from Java) with smooth shining rachises throughout, these neither muricate nor scaly, and a tuft of lustrous, dark brown, short-ciliate 1N. Amer. FI. 16: 31-52. 1909. Maxon—Occasional Notes on Old World Ferns,—I. 171 scales at the base of the stipe. No scales, however reduced, occur upon the rachises or costae. The hairy covering of the pinnules and segments beneath consists of the long, spreading, white hairs common to the group. The indusium is minute and is usually evanescent, either by early shrivel- ling or by falling away altogether; it is commonly beset with capitate glands at the margin and with few to many fragile white cilia. The indusial charac- ters are variable and difficult to make out, owing largely to age of the speci- mens; but the distinction of smooth, non-scaly rachises is readily observed at all stages, and plants agreeing thus and in other general characters are at hand from a wide area, as follows: Java, Buysman 73, 175; Palmer & Bryant 1325. Sumatra, Winkler (Rosenstock 86); Schild. British North Borneo, Topping 1762. Pawa- WAN, Bermejos (Bur. Sci. 282). Minpanao, DeVore & Hoover 360. BaTAanEs Isuanps, Fenix (Bur. Sci. 3649). Nrcros, Elmer 9893. Luzon, Cuming 1; Merrill 2266; Topping 636, 698, 890, 959. Norrotk IsLanp, Metcalfe. Sunpay IsLtanp, Cheeseman. Kakran ISLAND, Wright. Samo- - AN Istanps, McMullin 29; Wilkes Exped. 27 (type of Polypodium nemorale). Tauniti, Setchell & Parks 277. Oanu, Hapeman 6. Formosa, Nakahara 51. Japan, Savatier 2579. Cuina, Bailey 2, 6, 9; Faber 680. Cryton, Ferguson 134. Inp1a, Pulnies, alt. 1,590 meters, Levinge. Assam, Mann. Sikkim, Thomson. Mauay Perninsunta, Norris. Brazin, Luderwaldt 1862; Rose & Russell 19618, 21277; Haerchen (Rosenstock 205). Fioripa, escaped near Oviedo, A. A. Eaton. Thus delimited, D. setigera includes Polypodiwm nemorale Brack., of which the Samoan type specimen is at hand; Aspidiwm uliginosum Kunze, des- cribed from plants raised from spores received from Java; and a part of the specimens listed by Hooker in describing Polypodiwm tenericaule Wall. and again cited by him under Nephrodium tenericaule Hook. In distinction from D. setigera there is a large series of specimens in which the rachises, or at least the secondary and tertiary ones, are at first erinaceo- paleaceous and at all stages are distinctly tuberculate or muricate. These are found to pertain to two well-marked species, D. ornata and D. leucolepis, which have been greatly confused.? . Dryopteris ornata (Wall.) C. Chr. Ind. Fil. 281. 1905. Polypodium ornatum Wall.; Hook. Journ. Bot. Kew Misc. 9: 354. 1857. Nephrodium tenericaule Hook. Sp. Fil. 4: 142, in part. 1862. 1Polypodium tenericaule is actually founded on a specimen from China, collected by Alexander. Through the courtesy of the Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, it has been possible to examine a portion of this, as also of a Wallich specimen from the “ mountains of Sylhet,’’ cited by Hooker. Both are minutely indusiate and pertain undoubtedly to D. setigera, of which P. tenericaule thus becomes asynonym. The Philippine plants cited by Hooker are discussed hereafter, under D. leucolepis. 2Another name to be considered in this connection is Cheilanthes stenophylla Kunze (Bot. Zeit. 6: 212. 1848), founded on Zollinger 2675, from Java. This is cited as a syno- nym of D. setigera by Christensen, a disposition which from the description of the rough subaculeate rachis is obviously incorrect. Several details, especially the coriaceous tex- ture, indicate that it is not D. leucolepis, and it-may not even be a species of Dryopteris. Kunze regarded it as allied to Cheilanthes pallida Blume, which is now referred to Hypo- lepis tenutfolia. 172 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Though included in Wallich’s list (1828) as a nomen nudum, Polypodium ornatum appears to have been actually described first by Hooker, in 1857, Wallich’s no. 327, from Nepal, being the first specimen cited. It was later described and illustrated by Beddome.! The descriptions agree, and special attention should be called to the character of muricate or aculeolate rachises, stated by both. This at once sets the species apart from D. setigera. Beddome’s plate is excellent. But in 1862 Hooker merged P. tenericaule and P. ornatum with the Philippine plant described by Presl as Lastrea leucolepis, assigning to this aggregate the name Nephrodium tenericaule; his description actually includes three species, D. leucolepis, D. ornata, and D. setigera*, but his illustration (pl. 269) represents D. ornata or D. leucolepis, probably the latter. Of D. ornata four specimens are at hand, three collected in Sikkim, at 600 to 1,500 meters elevation by Sir Joseph Hooker, distributed as Polypodium ornatum; the fourth from the Khasi Hills, Assam, alt. 1,200 meters, August, 1885 (G. Mann, collector), distributed as Phegopteris ornata. From D. leucolepis this species differs not only in its horizontally spread- ing pinnae, pinnules, and segments, but in the complete suppression of indusia and in the nearly or quite non-ciliate scales of the secondary rachises, costae, and costules. The scale character is discussed under the next species. Dryopteris leucolepis (Presl) Maxon. Lastrea leucolepis Presl, Epim. Bot. 39. 1851. Polypodium tenericaule Wall.; Hook. Journ. Bot. Kew Misc. 9: 353, in part. 1857. Nephrodium tenericaule Hook. Sp. Fil. 4: 142, in part. 1862. Polypodium pallidum Brack. in Wilkes, U. S. Expl. Exped. 16: 18. 1854. In describing for the first time (1857) Polypodium tenericaule, listed by Wallich as a nomen nudum, Hooker based his description on a Chinese plant collected by Alexander, now called D. setigera (at that time not known to him through specimens under its original name, Cheilanthes setigera). Strangely enough, he included also many very different specimens with muricate rachises. Thus, of Cuming’s Philippine plants he cites nos. 1, 75, 114, 212, 355, and 412. All but one of these are in the U. S. National Herbarium. No. 1 is clearly D. setigera; nos. 75, 114, 355, and 412 are the plant described by Presl as Lastrea leucolepis, founded on no. 114 (the only number cited), with muricate rachises bearing minute, linear, true scales nearly throughout. It is very improbable that all these numbers were mixed in the sets distributed, yet Hooker’s failure to note the actual dis- tinctions is otherwise hard to explain. The ample Philippine material at hand indicates a plant much stouter in every way than D. setigera, the dimensions being similar to those of D. ornata. The rhizome scales are not 1Ferns Southern India 56. pl. 171. 1863-65. 2Dryopteris setigera was taken up by Hooker as Hypolepis setigera (Sp. Fil. 2: 62. 1852), the description being merely a quoted translation of Blume’s diagnosis of Cheilanthes setigera. Specimens bearing this name were evidently not available to him and none were cited. —~ eS —_—— or lt =— — M axon—Occastonal Notes on Old World Ferns,—I. 173 bright brown (as in D. setigera), but dirty-white or dull flesh-colored, and similar scales extend upward along the main rachis and even to the minor rachises, all the scales being pale, narrow, and very copiously long-ciliate. In this last character of strikingly long-ciliate scales, as in the presence of small indusia and in the somewhat oblique, narrower, and spaced pinnules, D. leucolepis differs constantly from D. ornata. The long patent hairs of the under surface are much more numerous, and the plant is more freely hairy above, also. The indusium of D. leucolepis is fairly well developed, and though membraneous, and rather completely obscured by the numerous sporangia, is usually evident even at maturity, upon careful dissection; it is provided with numerous long-stalked, capitate, marginal glands, and is without cilia. The following specimens of D. leucolepis are in the National Herbarium: Luzon, Cuming 75, 114, 355, 412; Loher 1130; Williams 558 (5 sheets) ; Topping 171, 178, 441, 757, 964; Foxworthy (Bur. Sci. 2580); Mangubat (Bur. Sci. 1355). Mrinpanao, Copeland 611; Williams 2280. NeEcRos, ~ Elmer 9889, 9941. Java, Buysman 47, in part. TERNATE ISLAND, Curtis (2 sheets). Taniti, Wilkes Exped. 32 (type of Polypodium pallidum Brack.); Anderson in 1852; Setchell & Parks 19, 237. - Of these numbers, Cuming 75 and 412 were cited by John Smith! as Polypodium trichodes Reinw., a nomen nudum; but Cuming 1, also so cited by him, is D. setigera, as above stated. Another Luzon plant (Topping 171) was mistakenly cited by Christ? as D. flaccida (Blume) Kuntze, a much smaller species, which wholly lacks scales on the rachises. Egenolfia sinensis (Baker) Maxon. Acrostichum sinense Baker, Kew Bull. 1906: 14. 1906. Polybotrya sinensis C. Chr. Ind. Fil. Suppl. 57. 1913. Founded upon Henry 12494, from Szemao, Yunnan, of which two speci- mens are at hand. It is not related closely to Polybotrya, but falls readily under Egenolfia, being nearest an Assam species that is included in the complex of EF. appendiculata. Tectaria gaudichaudii (Mett.) Maxon. Aspidium sinuatum Gaud. Freyc. Voy. Bot. 348. 1827. Not A. sinu- atum Labill. 1824. Aspidium gaudichaudii Mett.; Kuhn, Linnaea 36: 123. 1869. The manuscript name Aspidiuwm gaudichaudti Mett. was definitely pub- lished by Kuhn in the Reliquiae Mettenianae, as above indicated, in com- parison with a new species from Tahiti, Aspidium tenuifolium Mett. It is primarily a change of name for A. sinwatwm Gaud., Gaudichaud having wrongly listed Hawaiian plants as A. sinuatum Labill., a species of New Caledonia. Under A. gaudichaudii Mett. are cited the Hawaiian collections of Brackenridge and of Andersson and, additionally, a single specimen from India. So far as the writer has examined material, A. gaudichaudii is con- fined to the Hawaiian Islands, although Mettenius? later cited it from 2Philippine Journ. Sci. C. Bot. 2: 210. 1907. 3Novara Exped. Bot. 1: 219. 1870. 174 Proceedings of the Biological Society a Washington. Tahiti. The Hawaiian material at hand was collected by Brackenridge, Copeland, Lichtenthaler, Baldwin, Bartsch (56, 66, 76), and Safford (914, 915, 916). | Tectaria gaudichaudit has usually been listed, under one genus name or another, as cicutaria or apiifolia. Tectaria cicutaria (L.) Copel. and T. apiifolia (Schkuhr) Copel. are, however, confined to the West Indies, and offer only a superficial resemblance to the Hawaiian plant under discussion. Tectaria tenuifolia (Mett.) Maxon. Aspidium tenuifolium Mett.; Kuhn, Linnaea 36: 122. 1869. Described from Tahiti and compared by Mettenius and Kuhn with Aspidium apiifolium Schkuhr and A. gaudichaudii Mett., that is to say, Tectaria aptifolia and T. gaudichaudti. From description it appears to be well founded. Tectaria setchellii Maxon, sp. nov. Fronds several, recurved-ascending, 70 to 105 cm. long; rhizome woody, decumbent, densely paleaceous at the end, the scales tufted, 10 to 18 mm. long, lance-acicular, hair-pointed, pale brown, membranous, distantly and obscurely fibrillose-denticulate; stipes as long as the blades, dull cinnamon- brown from a darker, lightly crinite base, deeply sulcate on all sides; blades 35 to 50 cm. long, 20 to 45 em. broad, deltoid-ovate to broadly ovate-oblong, acuminate, once pinnate, the basal and sometimes the second pair of pinnae fully pinnate at base; pinnae 2 to 5 pairs, spreading, the basal pair largest, 15 to 25 em. long, 10 to 18 cm. broad, deltoid, long-acuminate, inequilateral, petiolate (up to 3 cm.), the basal pair of pinnules petiolate (up to 1 cm.), pinnately lobed or lacerate, the other pinnules or lobes (1 to 3 in number) broadly joined, oblique, subfalcate, sinuate, long-acuminate, often caudate; second pair of pinnae much smaller, sometimes with a pair of free basal pinnules, but usually only pinnately cleft or lobed; upper pinnae lance- attenuate, sinuately lobed to subentire, the uppermost semiadnate to ad- nate, the apex itself pinnately lobed; midveins elevated; ultimate veins prominulous, the areoles irregularly polygonal, variable in size, the larger ones with included veins; sori usually few, irregularly disposed, round or oblong, the receptacles large; indusia and paraphyses wanting. Leaf tissue membrano-herbaceous, translucent, dull green, paler beneath, glabrous. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, nos. 1,051,426 and 1,051,427, a single frond collected beyond Blunt’s Point, Tutuila Island, on cliff, July 15, 1920, by W. A. Setchell (no. 360). Other material referable to this species is as follows: Touruita: Near village of Niuili, at base of cliff, June 15, 1920, Setchell 119. Near Pago Pago, March, 1914, Stearns; April, 1915, McMullin. Observatory Point, in rich moist soil, May 6, 1914, McMullin 27. Urotv: Precise locality and collector’s name not stated, the specimen collected in January, 1885; distributed as “‘Bathmium grande Rchb.” _ Tectaria setchellii belongs to the subgenus Arcypteris, though having little in common with T. irregularis (Presl) Copeland, which is the typical oe Maxon—Occasional Notes on Old World Ferns,—I. 175 species of that small group, marked by exindusiate sori. Habitally and in its venation it strongly suggests the Polynesian 7’. latifolia (Forst.) Copeland, described by Kunze as Aspidium forsteri and redescribed under the latter name by Mettenius. From 7’. latifolia it differs in its fuscous- stramineous or dull cinnamomeous stipes, rachises, and midveins, its fewer pinnules (only the basal ones of the first one or two pairs of pinnae being free), and its non-indusiate and non-paraphysate sori, these large and not infrequently borne two or three together. T’. latifolia is distinguished by its polished ebeneous vascular parts, its regularly crenate, numerous free pinnules, and its strongly pulvinate-paraphysate sori, to which the minute indusia usually remain attached. Notwithstanding these pronounced differences it is not improbable that some of the material reported from Upolu by Luerssen, Christ, and Rechinger as Aspidiwm latifolium pertains to this species. In the foregoing it is assumed, perhaps wrongly, that the plant described by Kunze as Aspidiwm forsteri is the same as the original of Polypodium ‘latifolium Forst. This is disputed by Presl, who refers Forster’s plant to Phymatodes. The complicated taxonomic history of this group is discussed at some length by Fournier,! following his description of Bathmium see- manni, a new species from New Caledonia and Fiji, which is listed by Christensen as a doubtful synonym of Aspidium latifolium (Tectaria lati- folia). Tectaria stearnsii Maxon, sp. nov. Fronds several, 70 to 110 cm. long, ascending; rhizome woody, decum- bent, densely paleaceous, the scales linear-attenuate, up to 2 cm. long, brown, firm, lustrous, deciduously glandular-ciliate and beset with a few distant, mainly retrorse, linear teeth; stipe a little shorter than the blade, up to 6 mm. thick, dark brown, lustrous, deeply channeled on the anterior face, paleaceous at base, clothed with short spreading septate hairs, these extending to the rachises throughout; blades deltoid-ovate to deltoid- oblong, acuminate, 50 to 80 cm. long; 30 to 60 cm. broad, subtripinnate at base, bipinnate above; main pinnae 7 to 9 pairs, slightly oblique, the basal pair largest, petiolate (1.5 to 2.5 cm.), deltoid, inequilateral, basiscopic, 20 to 30 cm. long, 16 to 25 cm. broad, with 10 or more pairs of pinnules, the basal pair of these petiolate, ovate-oblong, fully pinnate at base, deeply and obliquely pinnatifid beyond, the segments (9 to 14 pairs) broadly joined by an increasing wing, obliquely crenate or crenately lobed; pinnules in general oblong or linear-oblong, acuminate, deeply and obliquely pinnatifid, the segments oblong, rounded at the apex or distally acutish, broadly joined, the proximal basal ones usually reduced, catadromous, usually adnate to the secondary rachis or decurrent; costae densely glandular- puberulent above with septate hairs, a few similar but longer hairs borne on the leaf tissue of the upper surface, along the costules beneath, and upon the margins, especially in the sinuses; leaf tissue membranous; venation prominulous, a single row of elongate areoles borne along the costae of the pinnules and an incomplete row along the costules of the segments; excur- 1Ann. Sci. Nat. V. Bot. 18: 301. 1873. 176 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. rent veinlets mostly free; included veinlets none; sori 3 to 7 pairs per seg- ment, nearly medial, dorsal or terminal on the unconnected vein-branches, or terminal on short spurs from the areoles, small, non-indusiate; para- physes wanting; receptacle small. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, nos. 654231 and 654232, com- prising a nearly complete frond collected at Fagalu, Tutuila, in rich moist soil, May 10, 1914, by D. J. McMullin (no. 30). Other material at hand is as follows: Turuita: Fagasa Trail, June 24, 1920, Setchell 227. Trail from Ana to Aafono, June 24, 1920, Setchell 208. ‘Lower level,” June, 1920, Setchell 40. Near Pago Pago, March, 1914, Stearns (4 sheets); April 30, 1914, McMullin 11 (2 sheets). Without special locality, Wilkes Exped. (as Sagenia varia Presl?). Upouu: Fagaloa Bay, in forest, February 28, 1888, Safford 22 (927). The present species, which appears to be not uncommon in the Samoan Islands, is nearest related to Tectaria kanakorum (Fourn.) Maxon,! of New Caledonia, a somewhat smaller plant which differs in its dull pale brown stipes and rachises (these densely hairy and bearing numerous linear brown scales), coarser lobation, more hairy under surfaces, and conspicuously indusiate sori. The name is given in honor of Captain Clark D. Stearns, formerly Commandant of the American Naval Station of Tutuila and Governor of American Samoa, through whose personal interest several lots ~ of ferns were sent to the U. S. National Herbarium from Tutuila in 1914 and 1915. Tectaria stearnsit is one of the forms hitherto included by writers on Samoan ferns under Aspidium membranifolium (Presl) Kunze and Aspidium dissectum (Forst). Thus, Luerssen,? in listing as A. membranifolium ten Samoan specimens collected mainly by Graeffe, assumed a species of very wide distribution (Madagascar, the East Indies, Ceylon, the Philippine Islands, and a large part of Oceanica) and included therein plants ranging in venation from free to strongly areolate. This concept is erroneous in several respects, certainly so in its treatment of the Samoan elements. In the first place, Nephrodium membranifoliwm Presl* was described and figured upon a free-veined indusiate plant from Luzon, with which ample Luzon material at hand agrees perfectly (e. g. Cuming 249; Copeland 1994, 1994a; Bur. Sci. 1811, 3655; Topping 615, 616, 617, 626, 641, 652, 669, 960, 976, 995). Itis regarded by Copeland‘ as synonymous with Dryopteris dis- secta (Forst.) Kuntze, a disposition which is followed by Christensen and is probably correct. This material is all free-veined, and in most respects is quite unlike Samoan material with either free or anastomosing veins. Subsequently Christ® listed a free-veined Samoan specimen as Aspidiwm dissectum, adding a note upon the “nearly related Aspidium membrant- 2¥Fil. Graeff. 183. 1874. 3Rel. Haenk. 1: 36. pl. 5, f. 3. 1825. 4Philippine Journ. Sci. C. Bot. 2: 418. 1907. 5Bot. Jahrb. Engler 23: 353. 1897. PE gen ig nae et ee eee i. 2a te gina: - oe Maxon—Occasional Notes on Old World Ferns,—I. 177 folium, distinguished by its sinuously joined veins,”’ but citing no Samoan specimen of the latter. He thus followed Beddome in wrongly fixing upon a plant with Pleocnemia venation as representing Presl’s species. The specimen which he listed as Aspidiwm dissectum is probably like the free- veined element of Luerssen’s ‘‘membranifolium.”’ There is at hand a single Graeffe specimen from Upolu, received as A. membranifolium. This bears little resemblance to D. dissecta (Aspidium membranifolium) of the Philippines, except in its free venation. In cutting, it is almost identical with Tectaria stearnsii; but it is persistently though minutely indusiate, has the vascular parts more densely and closely puberu- lent, and differs in other particulars, aside from having wholly free venation. It appears to be a perfect connecting-link between Dryopteris and Tectaria. Whether it should be taken up as a new species of Dryopteris, or as a new species of Tectaria, or a free-veined variety of Tectaria stearnsé is not clear from the incomplete material available. At any rate, the settlement of this point does not affect the status of Tectaria stearnsii as a valid species— ‘the common, typical plant of Samoa, with areolate venation. This has never before been described under a name of its own. The Wilkes Expedition specimen above cited was discussed briefly by Brackenridge, and listed by Hooker doubtfully under Polypodium cumingi- anum (Presl) Hook., which is Tectaria irregularis (Presl) Copeland. It has no relationship with that species, however. Me ree @ loo May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW GYMNOCORONIS FROM MEXICO. BY S. F. BLAKE. The following new species of Gymnocoronis has been found in _the recent examination of material in the National Herbarium. Gymnocoronis sessilis Blake, sp. nov. Herb 40 cm. high and more, glabrous throughout, dark green, the lower part not seen; stem stoutish, hollow, striatulate; internodes 9 to 11 cm. long; leaves opposite, sessile, lanceolate, 8 to 9 cm. long, 1.5 to 2.2 cm. wide, attenuate or acuminate, cuneate or the upper subamplexicaul at base, obseurely serrulate, apparently somewhat fleshy, the costa prominulous beneath, the two pairs of rather weak lateral nerves arising well above the base, the secondaries few; uppermost pair of leaves (subtending the inflorescence) abruptly smaller, 3 to 4 em. long; peduncles 3, terminal and in the axils of the uppermost pair of leaves, 5 to 6 cm. long, with small leafy bracts toward apex or nearly naked, each bearing a cymose panicle of about 8 heads; pedicels 0.5 to 2 em. long, naked or 1-bracteate; heads discoid, about 8 mm. high and thick, about 60-flowered; involucre 2-seriate, equal, 4 to 5mm. high, the phyllaries linear-oblong or the outer somewhat obovate, subherbaceous, obtuse, erect, obscurely ciliolate, 3-nerved, 1 to 1.4 mm. wide; receptacles rounded, weakly alveolate, the margins of the alveolae bearing subsessile glands; corollas glabrous, 3.4 mm. long (tube 1 mm. long, enlarged at base, throat funnelform, 2 mm., teeth 4 or 5, deltoid, obtuse or acutish, 0.4 mm. long); achenes oblong-prismatic, 3 mm. long, slightly curved, 5-ribbed, densely glandular-papillose between the ribs, epappose; anther appendages short, membranous, retuse; styles branches elongate, clavellate; style surrounded at base by a persistent 5-lobed nec- tary. Type in the U.S. National Herbarium, no. 939611, collected in the suburbs of San Juan Bautista, Tabasco, Mexico, April 13, 1889, by J. N. Rovirosa (no. 456). The genus Gymnocoronis has hitherto consisted of two species, G. attenu- ata DC., a somewhat variable plant of which two forms are recognized, and G. latifolia Hook. & Arn. From the former G. sessilis differs in being entirely glabrous, in its strictly sessile leaves, obtuse phyllaries, and glabrous corolla. The latter, described from Jalisco and known to me only 28—Proc. Brou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (179) 180 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. from description, is said to have the leaves ovate, serrate, ‘‘vastly longer” than those of G. attenuata, two inches or more wide and decurrent on the petiole, the phyllaries oblong and acute, and the heads much larger than in G. attenuata. ; Gymnocoronis attenuata DC. is represented in the National Herbarium by only two sheets, one of which was collected by Otto Kuntze at Santa Cruz, Bolivia, in 1892. The other, collected by Gerald McCarthy (no. 29) in “locis navalibus,’’ eastern North Carolina, September, 1888, provides what is apparently the first record for this plant in the United States. It was doubtless a chance introduction, which has not persisted. The closely related genus Adenostemma, however, contains at least one species, A. viscosum Forst., of a pronounced weedy character. Gymnocoronis attenuata DC. (Prodr. 5: 106. 1836) was first described by D. Don (ex Hook. & Arn.; Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 238. 1835) as Alomia spilanthoides. In 1888 (Prodr. 7: 266) De Candolle described Gymnocoronis spilanthoides, citing “ Alomia spilanthoides Wight et Arn. in litt.! 1836” as a synonym. ,All these names apply to the same species. The use of the name Gymnocoronis spilanthoides (D. Don) DC., as by Chodat (Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 703. 1903) and inferentially by Baker in the Flora Brasiliensis, does not seem permissible under the Rochester Code of Nomenclature, since the description of G. spilanthoides by De Candolle is accompanied not by a reference to Don’s published name but by a refer- ence to the manuscript “ Alomia spilanthoides Wight et Arn.”’ The publi- cation of G. spilanthoides by De Candolle in this way of course prevents, under the Rochester Code, the use of the subsequent homonymous combi- nation based on the published name of Don. eS ee ee Vol. 36, pp. 181-184 May 1, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NEW OR NOTEWORTHY SPECIES OF PLANTS FROM UTAH AND NEVADA. BY IVAR TIDESTROM. In the preparation of a flora of the above mentioned states ‘forms have come to light which appear to be new to botany. They are described herewith: Eriogonum rubricaule, sp. nov. Planta annua caule 10-20 cm. alto, rubro, basin versus glanduloso supra vix inflato; foliis radicalibus, longe-petiolatis, lamina reniformi vel cordato- ovata, ciliata, pubescente, subtus rubescente; pedunculo scapiformi, 2-3-chotomo, pedicellis gracilibus, involucris late campanulatis, glabris, glaucis, dentatis; perianthiis flavis glabris. Ab EH. subreniformi differt foliis hirsutulis vel pubescentibus non tomentosis. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 717866, collected on dry rocky hillsides near Lahontan, Churchill County, Nevada, May 21, 1916, by F. B. Headley. Eriogonum commixtum Greene in herb. Planta annua, caule 10-30 cm. alto, floccoso vel tomentoso; foliis radicalibus, petiolatis, orbiculatis, tomentosis; pedunculis 2-3—chotomis; involucris campanulatis plerumque sessilibus; perianthiis glandulosis. Ab E. denso differt statura altiori perianthioque glanduloso. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 419558, collected in Eagle Valley, Ormsby County, Nevada, altitude 1,446 meters, July 31, 1902, by C. F. Baker (no. 1402). Eriogonum eximium sp. nov. Planta perennis caulibus caespitoso-ramosis; foliis confertis, petiolatis, subrotundatis utrinque albo-tomentosis, laminae margine ferruginoso; involucris ad apicem pedunculi globoso-capitatis, tomentosis, turbinatis, angulosis, 5-6 mm. longis, lobatis; perianthiis ochroleucis, glabris, laciniis inferioribus obovatis. J. ovalifolio affine differt foliorum margine ferrugin- oso. 29—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasu., VOL. 36, 1923. (181) 182 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Type in the U.S. National Herbarium, no. 509910, collected on mountain west of Franktown, Washoe County, Nevada, altitude 1,830 meters, August 16, 1912, by A. A. Heller (no. 10649). Eriogonum sericoleucum Greene in herb. Plantula caespitosa sericeo-tomentosa; foliis lineari-oblanceolatis vel oblanceolatis, 5-15 mm. longis; floribus ad apicem pedunculi capitatis; involucro lobato; perianthio stipitato, sericeo, flavo. Ab EH. sphaero- cephalo differt habitu scaposo et inflorescentia capitata. ut Type in the U. 8S. National Herbarium, no. 419261, collected in King’s Canyon, Ormsby County, Nevada, altitude 1,700-2, 000 meters, June 4, 1902, by C. F. Baker (no. 984). Arabis nevadensis, sp. nov. Planta plus minusque caespitosa, glabra, 10-20 cm. alta; foliis radicali- bus lineari-oblanceolatis, caulinis oblongis, auriculatis, parvis; petalis purpureis, 5-6 mm. longis; siliquis patentibus, 3 cm. longis, 2-3 mm. latis. Ab A. divaricarpa differt petalis siliquisque brevioribus. Type in the U.S. National Herbarium, no. 767071, collected in the spruce belt, Charleston Mountains, Nevada, altitude 3,000 meters, August 5, 1913, by A. A. Heller (no. 11077). Arabis pinetorum, sp. nov. Planta caespitosa, hirsutula, 20-30 cm. alta; foliis inferioribus obbneee latis, 2-3 cm. longis, caulinis linearibus, ieee. sepalis hirsutulis; . petalis roseis, 5-6 mm. longis; siliquis 3-3.5 cm. longis, 1 mm. latis. Ab A. caduca differt siliquis angustioribus. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 1,115,569, collected in coniferous forests about Lake Tahoe at Glendale, Nevada, altitude 1,890 meters, July 7, 1919, by Ivar Tidestrom (no. 10387). Cleomella stenosperma Coville, sp. nov. Cleomella longipes S. Wats. in King, Geol. Expl. 40th Par. 5:33. 1871. Not C. longipes Torr. 1852. Planta 15-30 cm. alta, glabra, ramosa; foliolis lineari-oblongis, 10—20 mm. longis, mucronulatis; sepalis ovatis, acutis, parvulis; petalis spathu- latis, 5mm. longis, flavis; staminibus quam petala duplo longioribus;siliculis in calyce longe stipitatis rhombeo-ovoideis, 3-4 mm. latis; seminibus pyri- formibus maculatis. Cleomellae longipedi affinis quae differt foliolis latioribus siliculis majori- bus et seminibus lati obovatis. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium,-no. 6616, collected at Hot Springs of Grass Valley, foot of Havallah range, Nevada, June, 1868, by Sereno Watson. Amelanchier nitens, sp. nov. Frutex glabra, ramorum cortice griseo ramulorum castaneo; foliis breviter petiolatis ellipticis, obtusiusculis, 1-3 cm. longis, apicem versus denticu- a ee ee ee eee eee eee ee Tidestrom—Species of Plants from Utah and Nevada. 1838 latis, mucronatis; ovario laciniisque calycis glabris; petalis?; stylis 2-3, re minusve coalitis; pomis maturis aureis. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 1,115,567, collected in the pifion belt near Wilson’s ranch, base of Giegeen Mountains, southern Nevada, May 27, 1919, by Ivar Tidestrom (no. 9653). Peteria nevadensis, sp. nov. Peteriae thompsonae affinis sed humilior. Foliolis ellipticis numerosis remotis subtus strigosis supra glabris; racemis 10-12 cm. longis; calyce piloso glanduloso, 10-12 mm. longo, lobis linearibus tubum superantibus; corolla ochroleuca, 15 mm. longa; legumine immaturo patente, 5-6 cm. longo, 3-4 mm. lato, glabro. Peteria thompsonae differt statura robustiore, floribus majoribus, lobisque calycis latioribus. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 1,115,568, collected in the Covillea and artemisia belts, on mesa near Las Vegas, Nevada, April 23, 1919, by Ivar Tidestrom (no. 9083). Oxalis amplifolia (Trel.) n. comb. Oxalis divergens amplifolia Trel. in A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 1: 368. 1897. Ionoxalis amplifolia Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 10: 110. 1906. Oxalis grayi (Rose) n. comb. Tonoxalis grayi Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 10: 110. 1906. Oxalis neomexicana Dayton, nom. nov. Ionoxalis monticola Small, N. Amer, Fl. 25: 42. 1907. Not Oxalis monti- cola Arechavaleta, Anal. Mus. Nac. Montevid. iii (Fl. Urug. i): 231. 1901. Dodecatheon watsoni, sp. nov. Dodecatheon media (alpine form) 8. Wats. in King, Geol. Expl. 40th Par. 5: 214. 1871. Plantula glabra; foliis paucis parvis; lobis calycis tubum aequantibus; corolla 6 mm. longa, lobis acutis; filamentis partim coalitis. Type in the U. 8S. National Herbarium, no. 1,110,863, collected in the East Humboldt Mountains, Nevada, altitude 1,500 meters, 1869, by Sereno Watson (no. 756). Frasera induta, sp. nov. Planta perennis, 20-30 cm. alta, glandulosa, puberulenta; foliis lineari- oblanceolatis undulatis, albomarginatis; floribus paniculatis; sepalis lanceo- latis acuminatis; corolla aurantiaca vel flava purpureo-maculata; capsula immatura. Fraserae albomarginatae affinis sed dense puberulenta. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 345,083, collected in rocky places of the pifion and yellow pine belts, Charleston Mountains, Nevada, 1898, by C. A. Purpus (no. 6083). Senecio malmstenii Blake, sp. nov. Herbaceus perennis simplex 13 cm. altus, axillis sparse pilosis exceptis glaberrimus; parte caulis inferiore (subterranea?) flexuosa purpurascente 184 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. defoliata, parte superiore (4 cm. longa) ca. 7-foliata; foliorum inferiorum et mediorum lamina orbiculari vel obovato-orbiculari 2.3-3.3 em. longa 2.2-2.6 cm. lata integra vel sinuato-dentata dentibus ca. 5 obtusissimis de- pressis apice late rotundata basi rotundata vel cuneata coriacea triplinervia vel subpinnatinervia, petiolo 1-2 cm. longo supra vel ubique anguste margin- ato; axillis interdum folium parvum gerentibus; foliis superioribus minori- bus obovatis 1.5-2.5 cm. longis basi bilobatis vel utroque latere 4—dentatis; capitulis 2 terminalibus discoideis campanulato-subglobosis 9 mm. altis et latis, in pedicellis glabris erectis 2.2-2.5 cm. longis; involucri 8 mm. alti phyllariis ca. 13 linearibus obtuse acuminatis apice ciliatis aliter glaberrimis, calyculo subnullo; corollis disci flavis glabris 6 mm. longis; acheniis sub- maturis glabris ca. 8—costatis 2.5 mm. longis, pappo copioso 5 mm. longo. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 1,115,570, collected in dry rocky soil in the juniper association, Little Podunk Creek, Kane County, Utah, altitude 2,680 meters, August 30, 1916, by H. E. Malmsten (no. 131). In its short, flexuous, purple-tinged stem and thick leaves this species suggests S. soldanella A. Gray and S. porteri Greene, but it is at once dis- tinguished by its much smaller heads. One of the upper axils of the single specimen examined bears a small undeveloped head. Vol. 36, pp. 185-188 May 5, 1923 FROCEEDINGS BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SA ikW MST mw FER 25 1936; me SOME SNAKES FROM NORTHWESTERN RERA} < eu BY EMMETT REID DUNN. r) — The snakes which form the subject of this paper were collected by Mr. G. K. Noble while a member of the Harvard School of Tropical Medicine expedition to Northwestern Peru in 1916. I am indebted to Dr. Thomas Barbour for the opportunity of reporting upon this material, which is preserved in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The localities concerned are: Chongollapi, at the edge of the coastal desert in the province of Piura; Huancabamba, on the western range of the Andes, at the border of Piura and Caja- marca; Tabacénas, a little valley between the ranges of the cordillera in the northern part of Cajamarca and in the only strip of rain forest met with during the expedition; Perico and Bellavista in the low, broad. and arid valleys of the Chinchipe and Marafion rivers. The specimens labeled Chongollapi were purchased from a Chinese restaurant keeper and may have come from further inland. Most of the material came from Perico and from Bellavista. The collection contains 17 species. Most of these need no discussion, but there are two extremely interesting rediscoveries, and one apparently undescribed species. Perhaps the most important find is three specimens of a small snake of the family Typhlopidae. These correspond almost exactly with the de- scription and figure of Anomalepis mexicana Jan (Icon. Gen., 1, pl. V, VI, f. 1, 1861). The type in the Milan Museum was said to have come from Mexico. These three specimens from Perico are apparently the only others ever recorded. Teeth are present on the maxilla and absent from the dentary, so that Jan’s statement of its relationship to Typhlops was correct. Garman (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII, 3, 1883) stated on page 2 that Anomalepis had teeth in the lower jaw and referred the genus to the 1Contribution from the Department of Zoology, Smith College. 30—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 36, 1923. (185) 186 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Stenostominae. On page 4 in the diagnosis of the genus he stated that the teeth were in the upper Jaw. This mistake of Garman’s was followed by Boulenger, who referred the genus to the Glaucontidae in his Catalogue of Snakes. Neither Garman nor Boulenger ever examined the animal, and Boulenger’s action, aside from following Garman, was occasioned by doubt whether Jan examined the dentition of the type, and by the fact that Anomalepis has enlarged preanal shields, thus differing from T'yphlops and resembling Leptotyphlops. There is now no doubt about the correct assign- ment of this remarkably primitive genus to the T'yphlopidae. Its nearest ally is Helminthopis, although this is much closer to Typhlops than to Anomalepis. This snake has actually all the normal head shields of a Colubrid save for the fusion of the internasals with the prefrontals, and the breaking up of the parietals into small scales. There are three upper labials, a loreal, two preoculars, a supraocular, and three postoculars. The scale rows are 26 in two specimens and 24 in one. The type had 22 scale rows, a difference which does not seem very significant. The diame- ter is contained in the total length from 27 to 44 times. The lengths are 150, 155 and 175 mm. The following species do not require detailed consideration: ’ Leptotyphlops albifrons (Wagler). Bellavista 6. Constrictor constrictor (Linnaeus). Perico 1. Spilotes pullatus dichrous (Peters). Chongollapi 1; Perico 1. Drymobius boddaerti (Sentzen). Chongollapi 1; Bellavista 1; Huancabamba 3. Liophis taeniurus (Tschudi). Huancabamba 1. Clelia cloelia (Daudin). Perico 3. Clelia bitorquata (Ginther). Perico 2; Bellavista 7. Lepiodeira annulata (Linnaeus). Perico 5; Bellavista 12. Tantilla melanocephala (Linnaeus). Perico 1. Oxybelis acuminatus (Wied). Bellavista 3. Micrurus corallinus (Wied). Perico 5; Bellavista 1. Bothrops atrox (Linnaeus). Perico 1. Clelia fitzeringi (Tschudi) is a rare species, and it is unfortunate that the one specimen (which lacks the loreal plate) should have come from Chongol- lapi and hence be of none too certain provenance. The three remaining forms belong to the so-called family Amblycephali- dae. I am in accord with Cope regarding the American genera placed by Boulenger in this group, and I believe that they are allied to Tropidodipsas and Petalognathus rather than to the Asiatic genera with which Boulenger associates them. One of these species is a Sibynomorphus which was taken in the rain forest at Tabacénas. It has much in common with four species described from Peru. These are: Leptognathus peruana Boettger (Cat. Rept. Mus. Senckenbergianum, 2, p. 128, 1898), from Cuzco; Leptognathus boettgeri Werner (Abh. Mus. Dresden, 9, 2, p. 11, 1901), from Chanchomayo; Leptognathus schunkii Boulenger (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 115, 1908) from Chanchomayo; and Leptognathus latifasciatus Boulenger (Ann. Mag. Dunn—Some Snakes from Northwestern Peru. 187 Nat. Hist., 8, 12, p. 72, 1913), from the upper Marafion. I give compari- sons of the scale counts of these with the present specimen. Lab- Ocu- Ventrals |Caudals| tals | Labials entering eye | lars Present specimen _._.. 182 go. 9 4, 5,6 iy 1-2 Latifasciatus.............. 191 106 9 4, 5,6 1-2 feaengeen 195 90 9 4, 5, 6, 7 1-2 erie 177-188 | 90-102] 8-9 3, 4, 5 or 4, 5, 6 1-2,3 (0): 180 79 8 3, 4,5 0-2 EE AE se OSI eee DMG SE I Se Saal OE LOR OL Peruana and latifasciatus agree well in described color with the Taba- -cénas animal, while boetigert and schunkii differ. The closest anatomical agreement is then with latifasciatus, and as this is from the nearest locality of the four I call the Tabacénas specimen Sibynomorphus latifasciatus, although I am rather sceptical regarding the validity of all four of these forms. . The next two species belong to the genus Pseudopareas, which is allied to Sibynomorphus but has a cylindrical body, a more normal head shape, smaller eyes, and less enlarged vertebral scale row. Thus it approaches Tropidodipsas but may be told from it by the peculiar chin plates which are as in Sibynomorphus. Hight specimens from Huancabamba apparently represent the type of the genus. This was described by Jan (Icon. Gen., 37, pl. VI, f. e. 1870) as Leptognathus vagus, from a specimen in the Milan Museum said to come from Hong Kong. ‘The ventrals of the present series range from 146-157; caudals, male 62-66, female 53-57; oculars 1-2 (one specimen has two pre- oculars); upper labials 7-8 (seven in two specimens); 4th and 5th labials entering eye (one specimen with seven labials has 3d and 4th entering eye); temporals 1-2 in five, 2-3 in one and 1, 2-2 in two. The belly is spotted but the under side of the tail is immaculate. The three females have much less ventral spotting than the five males. Jan’s figure of the type shows 51 subcaudals, spotting on the under side of the tail, and spotting on the belly much heavier than any of our females. The type, judging by the number of caudals, was a female. I am not inclined to stress these differences. The largest is 412 mm. long, tail 100 mm. Twenty-seven specimens from Bellavista represent a species closely allied to the preceding but quite distinct. It may be called Pseudopareas vagrans. It differs in color, in longer tail with more subcaudals, in usually having temporals 2-3, in a tendency to have two preoculars, and in a tendency to have more than 8 labials. It is a larger snake, the type being 560 mm. in total length, tail 133. The type, a female, M. C. Z. No. 17284, may be described as follows: eye moderate, diameter about equal to distance to lip, less than distance 188 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. to nostril; rostral broader than deep, well visible from above; internasals about one-third as long as prefrontals; frontal longer than broad, shorter than distance from tip of snout, shorter than parietals; loreal as long as deep; two preoculars; two postoculars; temporals 1-2; upper labials 8 on one side, fourth and fifth entering eye, 10 on the other side, fourth, fifth, and sixth entering eye; one pair of lower labials in contact behind mental; three pairs of squarish chin shields, the first pair longer than broad; fifteen scale rows, vertebral barely enlarged; 156 ventrals, anal single; 74 sub- caudals; pale brown, anteriorly with five darker crossbands which become broken posteriorly into three rows of indistinct spots; symmetrical brown markings on head; belly yellow, with squarish brown spots on the ends of most of the ventrals. The upper labials are 8 in 1 case, 8-9 in two cases, 9 in two, 9-10 in one, and 8-10 in one. The temporals of the first row are 1 in two cases,1—2 in three cases, 2 in eighteen, 2-3 in one, and 3 in two. The second row of temporals are 2 in six cases, 2-3 in four, and 3 in seventeen. The pre- _ oculars are 1 in fourteen cases, 1-2 in four, and 2 in nine. The post- oculars are 1—2 in one case, 2 in twenty-five, and 3in one. Another female has ventrals 160, caudals 76. Two males have caudals 82 and 89. The ventrals range in number from 142-165. One specimen has a divided anal. The subcaudals vary from 73-89. The hemipenis of Pseudopareas, as determined on P. vagus, is undivided, the sulcus is forked. The proximal portion has small hooks, the distal portion is covered with calyces. There seems to be an ill-defined edge to the calyculate portion, so that the hemipenis is somewhat ‘‘capitate.”’ The maxillary dentition is about 12 equal teeth. The species of Pseudopareas seem to be four. They are, in addition to the two just discussed, Leptognathus atypicus Cope (Proc. Acad. Philadel- phia, 1874, p. 65) from the Andes of Peru, and Tropidodipsas spilogaster Griffin (Mem. Carnegie Mus., 1915, p. 197) from Province Sara, Bolivia, 350 M. alt. They may be distinguished as follows: No preoculars Supperlabials, Coe WD uae Pseudopareas atypicus (Cope). @upper labialis We Fo ens Pseudopareas spilogaster (Griffin). Preoculars present : Subbcaudals Sl G60...) Aiea: Pseudopareas vagus (Jan). Subeaudals 73780022 1s Ves 1 Mame Pseudopareas vagrans Dunn. Vol. 36, pp. 189-190 December 19, 1923 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW CRYPTODESMOID MILLIPED FROM SANTO DOMINGO. BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN. The specimen representing the new genus and species de- scribed below was taken in soil about a palm plant from Puerto Plata, D. R., at Philadelphia on 9 August, 1923, by U.S. quar- antine inspector, Max Kisliuk, Jr. It was sent to me for identification by E. R. Sasscer of the Federal Horticultural Board. Dominicodesmus, gen. nov. Body slender, the keels being very narrow and the dorsum strongly con- vex much as in the allied genus Guianonus. Collum extending over head and nearly concealing it when viewed from above. Margin crenate, the border divided into ten corresponding lobes by radial sulci. Median area strongly convex, granular. The metatergites evenly tuberculate, the tubercles forming three princi- pal transverse rows. Keels fundamentally with three lateral marginal lobes, but the pori- ferous keels appear bilobed because of the enlargement of the second and the abortion of the third of these lobes. Pores borne at end of the second lobe or process, which is conspicuous, distally truncate, on segments V, VI, IX, X, XII, XIII, and XV. Posterior marginal tubercles of penult segment projecting prominently caudad beyond angles of keels, the median pair largest, extending over the base of but not concealing the caudal segment. Genotype.—D. geophilus sp. nov. In general form resembling Guianonus, a genus occurring in Guiana, but readily distinguished by the pore-formula, the form of the posterior segments, etc. Dominicodesmus geophilus, sp. nov. Body in the type, a not fully mature specimen, consisting of the head and nineteen segments. General color above brown, paler beneath. Head granular across vertex. Antennae of moderate length, apically pointed. 31—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 36, 1923. (189) { ae pie) —— 190 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Anterior rim of collum narrow, the marginal areas round, the posterior lobe on each side larger than the others. Second tergite wider than collum and than the following tergites. A single lobe on posterior side of keels. On the caudal segments the posterior angles of the keels are not pro- duced caudad beyond the tubercles of the intervening caudal margin. This margin on the seventeenth and eighteenth segments bowed con- — vexly with the median tubercles extending conspicuously beyond the level of the keels. The cauda short, distally truncate and setose. Across base of cauda a series of four tubercles which are setigerous and of which the two median ones are largest; two reduced setigerous tubercles with setae on each side in front of this series. Anal valves narrowly margined. Anal scale with a pair of setigerous tubercles on caudal margin. Length, about 4 mm. Holotype.—M. C. Z. 5, 215. > ie Vol. 36, pp. 191-192 December 19, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON AN ALGERIAN JULID IN AMERICA. - BY RALPH V. CHAMBERLIN. In previous communications in these Proceedings (1921, 34, pp. 81-84, and 1922, 35, pp. 7-10), the author indicated that all members of the family Julidae in its restricted sense hereto- fore known to occur in North America are identical with com- mon European species which are still often brought over in soil about imported plants. In material recently sent to me for identification by Mr. G. W. Goldsmith and said by him to be common in the hothouses at Colorado Springs, Col., were males and females of a species distinct from any previously recorded from this country as well as from any knownin Europe. Think- ing it undoubtedly an imported form, however, I sent specimens of it to Dr. Brolemann of France for his opinion. He recognized them as representing an Algerian species which he had himself described in 1897 from a single male specimen under the name Julus africanus. ‘The species had not been subsequently found in Africa or elsewhere. This species, which should be added to the list of Julidae occurring in North America as given in my previous papers above cited, now stands as follows: Diploiulus africanus (Brolemann). 1897. Julus (Anaploiulus) africanus. Brolemann, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 8, 4, p. 271, figs. 39-41. The following key, based upon superficial characters, will aid in separat- ing the species of Julidae now known to be more or less established in North America. 1. Last dorsal plate prolonged in a process extending well beyond the LSS HS OUI OS ee id Ophyiulus pilosus (Newport). —. Last dorsal plate not thus prolonged... o.oo eee cence 2. 2. Vertex of head with two setigerous foveolae; a double band of white or yellowish color along dorsum......... Brachyiulus pusillus (Leach). 32—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 36, 1923. (191) 192 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. : —. Vertex of head lacking setigerous foveolae; no double light band alone Ors umm | OR EA eG OA 3. 3. Repugnatorial pore closely embraced by suture, lying in front of level of latter; length 22-40 mm. Diploiulus londinensis coeruleocinctus (Wood): —. Repugnatorial pore free from suture and lying clearly behind it; smaller forms. 4. Metazonite convex and bulging, its striae deep, complete, and close- set; ocelli convex and sharply defined; length up to 23 mm. Diploiulus africanus (Brolemann). —. Metazonite not convex, nearly on a level with the prozonite, its striae well separated and less deep; ocelli flat and poorly defined, often more or less confluent; length 10-16 mm. Diploiulus luscus (Meinert) . Vol. 36, pp. 193-194 December 19, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DESCRIPTION OF A NEW PYCNONOTUS FROM CHINA. BY J. H. RILEY.! _ The late Charles M. Hoy, shortly before his death, trans- mitted to the U. 8. National Museum a general collection, con- taining a few birds taken at or near Yochow, Hunan. In the lot there is a small bulbul that differs considerably from any of the descriptions that I have been able to consult. I take pleasure in naming it after its discoverer: Pycnonotus hoyi, sp. nov. Type, sub-adult female, U. S. National Museum, No. 279,442, Yochow, Hunan Province, China, June 13, 1923. Collected by Charles M. Hoy (original No. 1075). Pileum light grayish olive; back buffy citrine, slightly fulvous on the rump; wing-coverts like the back; remiges chaetura drab, edged outwardly with pyrite yellow, except on the two outer primaries; tail chaetura drab, the feathers edged outwardly with pyrite yellow, the middle-pair showing a yellowish sheen in certain lights; cheeks a little lighter than the pileum and the ear-coverts grayish-white posteriorly; below white, the chest crossed by a pale smoke gray band; the breast and belly with almost obsolete streaks of napthalene yellow, slightly more pronounced on the under tail-coverts; under wing-coverts white; remiges below deep mouse gray, whitish on the inner webs basally. Wing, 76; tail, 66; culmen, 13; tarsus, 21; middle-toe, 14 mm. Remarks.—This species is of about the same size and build as Pycno- notus erythropthalmus, but quite different in color. 1Published with the permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 33—Proc. Biou. Soc. WassH., VoL. 36, 1923. (193) Vol. 36, pp. 195-198 December 19, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ; BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NEW SPECIES OF GRASSES FROM SOUTH AMERICA. BY. Av 8. \ HITCHCOCK. In a recent collection of grasses made by Macbride and Featherstone in Peru, the following new species were found. Parts of the types are in the U.S. National Herbarium. A new species collected by Liitzelburg in Brazil is also included, the type in the U.S. National Herbarium. Bromus villosissimus Hitche. sp. nov. A cespitose dwarf perennial with very villous lemmas. Culms glabrous or puberulent, 5 to 12 cm. tall; sheaths pubescent or glabrate; ligule a very short membrane; blades flat or more or less folded or involute, pubes- cent on both surfaces, 1 to 5 cm. long, 1 to 2 mm. wide; panicle ovoid, 1 to 2 cm. long, consisting of a few contiguous, short-pedicelled spikelets; spike- lets mostly 3 to 5-flowered, tawny or tinged with purple, about 1 cm. long; glumes somewhat unequal, rather thin, sparsely villous, acute, 3-nerved, the first 1 cm. long, the second broader and a little longer; lemmas densely villous with spreading or ascending hairs 2 to 3 mm. long, 7-nerved, about 8 mm. long, the apex 2-lobed, the teeth broad and short, the midnerve extending into a scabrous awn 1 to 2 mm. long; palea acute, a little shorter than the lemma, villous-ciliate on the keels. Type in the herbarium of the Field Museum of Natural History, No. 517,382, collected in loose soil of alpine basin slopes, at about 4700 meters, Casapalea, Peru, May 21, 1922, by Macbride and Featherstone (No. 854). The only other specimen seen was collected between Casa Caucha and Culea, Peru, by the Wilkes U. S. Exploring Expedition (U. 8. Nat. Herb. 1,009,615). Lamprothyrsus peruvianus Hitchce. sp. nov. Plant perennial; culms erect, stout, glabrous, a meter or more in height; sheaths glabrous, papery, the basal ones not seen, the cauline apparently 3, the wppermost inclosing the base of the panicle, all separating from the culm along the upper part and inrolled, glabrous on both margins and more or less hyaline; ligule a dense row of hairs about 2 mm. long; blades (only the 3 cauline seen) loosely involute, narrower than the sheath at 34—Proc. Biou. Soc, WasH., VoL. 36, 1923. (195) 196 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. - base, firm, glabrous beneath on the lower part, very scabrous toward the tip, scaberulous on the upper surface, 40 to 60 cm. long (the uppermost about 20 cm.), about 4 mm. wide at base when flat, gradually narrowed to a fine point; panicle dense, 30 to 50 cm. long, 5 to 8 cm. wide, purplish, the axis mostly hidden by the overlapping branches, terete and glabrous below, angled and scabrous above, the branches appressed or ascending, fascicled, the longer ones naked at base, the shorter ones spikelet-bearing to base, the branches and branchlets more or less hispidulous at base, the ultimate branchlets rather slender, the lateral pedicels appressed, 1 to 2 mm. long; spikelets (only the pistillate seen) mostly 4 to 6-flowered, about 1.5 cm. long (excluding awns), the uppermost floret much reduced; glumes narrow, hyaline, 1-nerved, gradually acuminate, a distinct inter- node between the two, the first about 8 mm. long, the second about 10 mm. long; rachilla readily disarticulating between the florets, the joints about 1 mm. long, long-pilose, the joint below the lower floret about as long as the others; lemma rounded on the back, about 7-nerved, rather sparsely villous all over, the hairs ascending, about 3 mm. long, the tip 3-lobed, the lateral teeth extending into long very slender awns (total length about 9 mm.), the midnerve flat below, somewhat curved outward, extending into a slender flat awn about 2 cm. long, the length of lemma to base of awn about 4 mm.; palea narrow, 2-keeled, scabrous-ciliate on the keels, about as long as the lemma; stamens wanting; ovary 1.5 mm. long; stigmas 1 mm. long, plumose nearly to base; caryopsis 2.5 mm. long, acute at base. Type in the herbarium of the Field Museum of Natural History, No. 517,715, collected on a shrubby slope, at about 3000 meters altitude, Yunahuanca, Peru, June 16-22, 1922, by Macbride and Featherstone (No. 1205). The only other specimen seen is from Torontoy, Urubamba Valley, Peru, at an altitude of 2400 meters, June 10, 1915, Cook & Gilbert No. 1189, said to be called nihuaichu. This species differs from L. hieronymi (Kuntze) Pilger in the more dense purplish panicle and the longer glumes and lemmas. The glumes of the former are 5 to 7 mm. long, and the lemmas, to the base of the awn,2.5t03mm. The awns are white and flexuous, while in L. peruvianus they are purple and nearly straight. Some of the florets of the type speci- men of L. peruviana are attacked by insects, forming small galls. Lamprothyrsus hieronymi and its four varieties are from Argentina and Bolivia. Mandon’s No. 1360 from Sorata, Bolivia, and a specimen from Province Jujuy, Argentina, collected in 1916, by S. W. Damon, are this species. The last two and also Fiebrig’s No. 2099 (type of L. hieronymi tincta Pilger) are pistillate. The type of L. hieronymi (Triraphis hiero- nymi Kuntze) is staminate. ‘Stipa featherstonei Hitchc. sp. nov. Culms cespitose, erect, glabrous, 2-noded, 20 to 30 cm. tall; sheaths, slightly roughened; ligule on the culm leaves 2 to 3 mm. long, obtuse, firm; blades capillary, involute, glabrous, 5 to 15 cm. long; panicle elliptic, 3 to 4 cm. long, purple, rather compactly few-flowered, the axis, branches Hitchcock—New Species of Grasses from South America. 197 and pedicels glabrous; glumes subequal, broad, abruptly acuminate, glabrous, obscurely 5-nerved, about 7 mm. long; lemma about 4.5 mm. long, the callus rather blunt, 1 mm. long, densely hispidulous with fuscous hairs, the body oblong, somewhat over 1 mm. wide, dark brown, villous all over with brown hairs, scarcely narrowed at summit; awn twice gen- iculate, twisted below, the first segment rather densely short-villous, 1 to 3 mm. long, the second segment 3 to 4 mm. long, the third about 1 cm. long. Type in the herbarium of the Field Museum of Natural History, No. 517,331 (in part), collected on upland slope, about 4500 meters altitude, Rio Blanco, Peru, May 8 to 19, 1922, by Macbride and Featherstone (No. 803a). No other specimen has been seen. The type is mounted with plants of Stipa hans-meyeri Pilg. Stipa macbridei Hitchc. sp. nov. _ Culms loosely tufted, spreading at the tough and woody base, several- -noded, glabrous, branching at the lower nodes, 60 to 80 cm. tall; sheaths glabrous, minutely pubescent at the throat; ligule very short, the sheaths extending into a short auricle on each side; blades flat or loosely involute glabrous, 5 to 10 cm. long, about 1 mm. wide; panicle narrow, loose, 10 to 29 cm. long, the branches slender, rather remote, few at each node, the lower as much as 8 cm. long; glumes subequal, acuminate, hyaline, 3- nerved, glabrous, 5 to 6 mm. long; lemma 5 mm. long, the callus densely pubescent, 0.5 mm. long, the body pale, villous all over, gradually narrowed toward the summit, the crown wanting; awn twice geniculate and twisted below, puberulent, 3 to 4 cm. long. Type in the herbarium of the Field Museum of Natural History, No. 516,986, collected on disintegrating rock slopes, at about 2500 meters altitude, Matucana, Peru, April 12 to May 3, 1922, by Macbride and Featherstone (No. 452). The only other specimen seen was collected on rocky ledge, northwestern exposure, at about 2600 meters, Uspachaca, Peru, June 23, 1922, by Macbride and Featherstone (No. 1317). Chloris luetzelburgii Hitchce. sp. nov. Plant annual; culms erect or somewhat spreading at base, terete, gla- brous, 50 to 60 cm. tall; sheaths puberulent, ciliate on the margin, some- what villous at the throat, somewhat keeled but not conspicuously com- pressed; ligule a short ciliate membrane; blades flat or loosely involute, puberulent on both surfaces, 10 to 20 cm. long, 1 to 3 mm. wide; spikes several, mostly 4 to 6, slender, ascending or appressed, 3 or 4 at the end of the culm and 1 to 3 about 2 cm. below, sometimes another below these, puberulent at-the base, 7 to 10 cm. long; spikelets with 1 perfect floret and 1 or 2 rudiments, appressed along the scabrous, angled axis, somewhat distant, the pedicels less than 1 mm. long; glumes pale, narrowly lanceo- late, acuminate, 1-nerved, scabrous on the keels, the first about 4 mm., the second about 5 mm. long; first lemma narrow, terete below, hispidulous on the callus, glabrous above, nerveless, rounded on the back, ciliate on 198 | Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. the margins of the upper third or half, 5 to 6 mm. long, the apex slightly 2-lobed, the lobes rounded, the awn from between the lobes, straight, scabrous, about 6 mm. long; the palea a little longer than the lemma, acute; - second floret similar to the first but only 3 to 4mm. long, the axis internode a little more than 1 mm. long, the awn usually shorter; third floret only about 1.5 mm. long, the awn 3 to 5 mm. long. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, No. 1,127,373, collected in the Serra do Borborema, State of Parahyba do Norte, Brazil, April, by Lit- zelburg (No. 12451). Other specimens examined are: Braziu: Joazeiro, Dorsett & Popenoe 411b. Without locality, but pre- sumably Rio de Janeiro, Capanema 5469. Fernando do Noronha, Ridley, Lea & Ramage in 1887. oe a eee ee ee ee ee Pm "Vol. 36, pp. 199-202 | tinal 19, 1923 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON GENERAL NOTES. i = ——— NEW MOLLUSKAN NAMES. In the Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, vol. 15, parts 2 and 3, December, 1922, p. 112, Dr. Francis A. Schilder in an article entitled “‘Contributions to the knowledge of the genera Cypraea and Trivia” calls attention to the fact that Cypraea dalli Aldrich (Nautilus, vol. 7, p. 98, pl. 4, f. 2, 2a, Jan., 1894) is preoccupied by Cypraea dalli _Cossmann (Hssais de Pal., 5™° livr., p. 169, pl. 9, f. 6, 7, Dec., 1893) and Cypraea smithi Aldrich (Geol. Surv. Ala. Bull. 1, p. 33, pl. 5, f. 3, 1886) is preoccupied by Cypraea smithi Sowerby (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 638, t. 56, f. 8, 1881). For these I desire to substitute Cypraea healeyi Aldrich new name for Cypraea dalli Aldrich and Cypraea eosmithi Aldrich new name for Cypraea smithi Aldrich. —Truman H. Aldrich. STENOMORPH, A NEW TERM IN TAXONOMY. In the study of shipworms I have found that larval forms of various species seem to show no selective powers as far as the size of the wood to which they attach themselves is concerned. It therefore happens that we find the same species growing in timbers sufficiently large to enable it to attain full size, which in different species varies from six inches to three and a half feet in length, and from a few millimeters to almost an inch in diameter; or the larval forms of the same species may attach themselves to a piece of lath or a twig and completely honeycomb this, just as they do the larger piece of timber, reaching sexual maturity in this state. Forms under such conditions are dwarfed and while they have the structural features of the larger species, these are all reduced correspondingly in size. To such forms, distinct names have been given by some authors who did not understand the true inwardnesss of the situation. For such diminu- tive forms produced by their cramped ole I wish now to propose the term STENOMORPH. Specimens coming under this designation will probably be found in all species of shipworms as well as other boring and nestling mollusks and probably other groups of organisms. It is more than likely that specimens grown in the small 2x 4” test blocks, placed in various waters of our country by the Committee on Marine Piling Investigations of the National Research Council will pro- duce stenomorphs of the various species. —Paul Barisch. 35—Proc. Brox. Soc. Wasx., Vou. 36, 1923. (199) 200 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. NEW BOTANICAL NAMES. The following new names for American plants have been found necessary in the course of recent work. Cordia megalantha Blake. Cordia macrantha Blake, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 24: 19. 1922. Not C. macrantha Chod. Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve II. 12: 215. 1921. Pseuderanthemum adenocarpum Blake. Eranthemum adenocarpum Blake, Contr. Gray Herb. n. ser. 52: 98. 1917. The genus Hranthemum lL. was based on a single species, EH. capense, which is considered to be referable to the genus usually called Daedala- canthus. Radlkofer, who is followed by Lindau in Engler & Prantl’s Pflanzenfamilien, has taken up the name Eranthemum in this sense, and given the name Pseuderanthemum to the Eranthemum of authors, not of Linnaeus. Pseuderanthemum tetrasepalum Blake. Eranthemum tetrasepalum Blake, Contr. Gray Herb. n. ser. 52: 99. 1917. —S. F. Blake. A NOTE ON THE FOOD HABITS OF THE SHARP-TAILED GROUSE (PEDIOECETES P. CAMPESTRIS). During the latter part of July, 1921, I was encamped on the south shore of Devil’s Lake, North Dakota, in an indention, locally known as Mission Bay. As Devil’s Lake has for the last ten years been slowly drying up it is now surrounded by wide alkaline mud flats or (in the higher areas) heavy growths of weeds, among which cockle-bur and rosin-weed are con- spicuous. Back of this area on the south, there is a well wooded section, composed mainly of oaks, box elder, and aspen, with wild plum, choke cherry, and June berry. Raspberry, wild rose, and poison ivy also are abundant. In this excellent cover the Prairie Sharp-tailed Grouse was fairly com- mon, and, as it will be noted from the above partial list of plants, there was an abundance of choice, natural food. Occasiqnal specimens were taken, most of which were in such an advanced state of moult as to be practically worthless for preservation. It was noted, however, that the berries of the June berry (Amelanchier sp.), together with grasshoppers, usually composed the major portion of the contents of their crops. I was therefore greatly surprised when on July 26 I flushed a hen with five half- grown young from a patch of rosin-weed (Silphium laciniatum). The hen and two of the young were secured and upon examination of their crops, I found that while the omnipresent June berries and grasshoppers had been taken to the extent of about 70 per cent of the total, the remain- ing 30 per cent of the contents of the crops of all three birds, was the buds and flowers of the rosin-weed. This plant attained a luxuriant growth at this point, so much so that after passing through it my leather boots were covered with the pitchy exudations. The seeds of this weed are known to be consumed by several species of birds, but this is the first time that I have ever known of any animal eating the resinous buds and flowers. —Frederick C, Lincoln. General Notes. 201 GROTEINAE A NEW SUBFAMILY. When I raised Labena and allies to family rank, Ent. News, 31 (16), 1920, I made no provision for the genus Grotea for which I now create the subfamily Groteinae. In my “Families and Subfamilies of Ichneu- mon-flies,”” Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 31, 1918, Groteinae will replace Labeninae on page 73 and on page 71 Labenidae should be inserted be- tween Trigonalidae and Ichneumonidae. } —Henry L. Viereck. CHLORONERPES SWAINSON VERSUS PICULUS SPIX. Ornithologists have apparently quite lost sight of the generic name Piculus so far as current use is concerned. However, it seems necessary to revive it as a generic designation for some group of the woodpeckers that its author included. It was originally instituted by Spix in his great work on South American birds (Avium Species Novae Brasiliam, I, 1824, p. [vii] = Index, p. [3]), to include six species, in the following fashion: “Piculus Macrocephalus..... . [Pagina] 60 [Tabula] 53.2 TERE 7 SOE A Re oe 61 - 53.1 Rubrifrons Mo F.. . .. a 61 vi 55 Icterocephalus M. F. .. . is 62 e 54 TAC MEPGNS joe o's ie ee al ce of 62 : 56.1 Huticeéps MOB. 3 63 e 56.1.2” These with their modern equivalents are as follows: Piculus macrocephalus Spix = Chloronerpes chrysochloros braziliensis (Swain- son). Piculus guttatus Spix = Chrysoptilus punctigulus gutiatus (Spix). Piculus rubrifrons Spix = Tripsurus rubrifrons (Spix). Piculus icterocephalus (Latham) = Chloronerpes flavigulus (Boddaert). Piculus maculifrons Spix = Veniliornis maculifrons (Spix). Piculus ruficeps Spix = Veniliornis ruficeps ruficeps (Spix). It will thus be seen that the generic name Piculus must replace either Chloronerpes Swainson, Chrysoptilus Swainson, Tripsurus Swainson, or Veniliornis Bonaparte, all of which it antedates by many years; since Piculus Geoffroy 1832, Piculus Hodgson 1841, and Piculus Brehm 1842, are all of later date, all refer to entirely different groups, and are thus virtually different generic names. In order definitely to settle the ques- tion, we hereby designate as the type of Piculus Spix the first species listed, which is Piculus macrocephalus Spix. This, as above shown, will therefore make necessary the use of the generic name Piculus for the group hitherto known as Chloronerpes, and the various forms of this genus should now stand as follows: Piculus simplex simplex (Salvin). Piculus simplex allophylus (Bangs). Piculus callopterus (Lawrence). Piculus chrysochloros chrysochloros (Vieillot). Piculus chrysochloros braziliensis (Swainson), 202 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Piculus chrysochloros aurosus (Nelson). Piculus paraensis (Snethlage). ee Piculus xanthochlorus (Sclater and Salvin). Piculus capistratus (Malherbe). Piculus erythropis (Vieillot). Piculus leucolaemus (Malherbe). | Piculus litae (Rothschild). Piculus flavigulus flavigulus (Boddaert). Piculus flavigulus magnus (Cherrie and Reichenberger). Piculus aurulentus (Temminck). Piculus chrysogaster (Berlepsch and Stolzmann). Piculus rubiginosus rubiginosus (Swainson). Piculus rubiginosus gularis (Hargitt). Piculus rubiginosus coloratus (Chapman). : Piculus rubiginosus rubripileus (Salvadori and Festa). Piculus rubiginosus trinitatis (Ridgway). Piculus rubiginosus tobagensis (Ridgway). - Piculus rubiginosus yucatanensis (Cabot). Piculus rubiginosus canipileus (d’Orbigny). Piculus rubiginosus uropygialis (Cabanis). Piculus rubiginosus meridensis (Ridgway). Piculus rubiginosus buenavistae (Chapman). Piculus rubiginosus alleni (Bangs). Piculus rubiginosus tucumanus (Cabanis). Piculus aeruginosus (Malherbe). Piculus auricularis (Salvin and Godman). —Harry C. Oberholser. 2. . _s ) Y, i q ; | i f INDEX New names are printed in heavy type. v A Abramis crysoleucas........................ 16, 28 Abudefduf marginatus..-................- 31 Achirus fasciatus....................- 14, 19, 32, 34 PINE E Sess 2 Bee Oe. 34 Acipenser brevirostrum...__............. 28 J CLADE OC Eee 76 ox LIN GY BASIS oo se 161, 162 Albright, H. M. Protecting Na- tive Wild Life in Yellowstone National barks ie Vill Aldrich, J. M. The Canadian Life Zone as Indicated by Insect Brstrilbwbion.. hk le viii Aldrich, Truman, H. New Mol- fusican Names. ue 199 - Allen,GloverM. The Pampa Fox of the Bogota Savanna............ 55-58 mlabers scorpio)... 31 SCE LIZ ae ae Peiilonbtes cavifrons AMIPCSEMIS.. 2.2.22. Ls (ATMEHETUS CAGUS: 2-22.60... eee. ie) NSU KOSS UTS eee pa platycephalus........................ Amelanchier nitens............002022.22.-.-- IANGHOVIA OKOWIN os Jee se 28 Angelichthys ciliaris...._................... 31 Anguilla rostrata_...............-...-.-------- 13, 28 Anisotremus virginicus..................---- 30 Arabis nevadensis.........................--- 182 pinetorum..____....................---- 182 Archosargus probatocephalus........ 30 Arremonops centratus..._..............-.. 37, 41 Colalloyifoy eX ey F(A eueean ene ean 37, 41 “Lan Asch cE I eee eee 37, 40 BGMEROSETIS( 20s e yee 37, 38 BUASSINOSUTIS A eral fo ai 38, 43 MeEMPeCCtALUS.. 2 37, 39 MiGhIMONG kel es 37, 40 MUVAT AGUS 28s eseeceec- noes ce 38, 44 ETE V1 Lose SS 38, 43 BPMIARICE TIS tans ee Nee 37, 40 BSUMMENTAGE 2.2. 38, 43 superciliosus tocuyensis umbrinus verticalis Aspilis locidula...... 2.2.2 222.2 2. Astroscopus y-graecum.................... 22, 32 Auchenopterus fasciatus._............... 32 B Bailey, Vernon. Beaver Habist and Beaver Farming................ vii Travels of Prince Maxi- milian in North America........ 1x Mammals of the District ent (Osa ki 107 t: eee 103-138 Baird Centenary Meeting.............. Vili Bairdiella chrysura................---...---- 34 Baldwin, S. P. Bird Banding— a New Method of Bird Study x Balistes carolinensis.....................-- 31 Banias ‘orentty 2 95 Bartsch, Paul. Additions to our Knowledge of Shipworms....... 95-102 Stenomorph, a New Term AWA KOMOMDY: 23 ese ys eence 199 IBaaptay. it ben vais ue VAAL BI 76 Bernton, H.S. Biological Aspects Olen ay Hever ed mle cer Vili Berry, E.W. The Plant Remains {from local fossil swamp site] and their Significance._........_.. ix Bile x 08 eae Ne ee pad e 76 Blake, S. F. Observation of a Belled Turkey Buzzard.......... ix Three New Composites Prom Olivia eis y amen 51-54 A New Gymnocoronis fromyMexicous us tnl se oa 179-180 New Botanical Names Sad 200 Blarina brevicauda..._....-..-..--22:..-. 129 UTIL Le ON EDOM 129 Boleosoma nigrum................---..------- 13 maculaticeps._..........------------- 19 Vvexdlare suis tee ae 13 Bond, Frank. Reproduction in Paintings of the Metallic Feathers of Birds, with Ex- hibition of Paintings of Hum- Foawrared oyti(e Fame nies logs sae NOt PU xi Boone, Pearl Lee. Early Flower- ing of Plants near Hyattsville, see EN RNIN: EN ipa aoa. Tie Ball vili A New Fossil Deposit near Weems) Vian. Yast ee 1x New Marine Tanaid and TIsopod Crustacea._................-- 147-156 Brachyiulus pusillus.................--...-- 191 Brevoortia patronus.........-.------------- 33, 34 EY TANTS sees EE ee 15, 20 Bromus villosissimus................-....- 195 Brown, Edgar. Seeds and Other Plant Remains [from local fossil swamp site]__..........2...... ix C Calamaria ravent. 22 -.2....-..)...-. 92 VENIRalES 2 en es ae 91 Calea rhombifolia___._....................... 53 Callisaurus ventralis............-...---.--.. 79 Callyodon cceruleus._................--.---- 3h! Calo hina EN eee 163 Campostoma anomalum................. 9, 16, 23 @aranxicrysoseo eo ee ee 29 Catostomus commersonii................ 12 AT yah fact) Coh2 0 ¥< eae Bee ier PS APR 12,17, 23 MubUNCeCUB ns es ee 12 Centropristis philadelphicus............ 22 BUTIADUBS oon eee ene 21 Cerdocyon germanus................------ 55 Cerosuomancwse 1 cee ie ee alts Cheenobryttus gulosus............ 1K }O is bo isi 0 Hass Cheetodipterus faber...................-.--. 19, 22 Cheetodon ocellatus.......2....2..2.2-------- 31 BOLIAUUS es tcc ae ate 31 Chamberlin, Ralph V. Two Di- plopod Immigrants taken at (55 ao) KUN LCR ONE COM BA ER AB Eh 165-168 36—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., VOL. 36, 1923, (203) 204 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Chamberlin, Ralph V. A New Dunn, Emmett Reid. Some Cryptodesmoid Milliped from Snakes from Northwestern Santo Domingo, 232 189-190 Peru si 0 02 Bi ae pS ey ols — An Algerian Julid in Amer- Dynamenella conica..................----- 151 SURO Nae SE gic Sy Mth UMN a Sar 191-192 Chase, ena Henne Type of E antsin European Herbaria.. — x Chasmodes novemlineatus.............. 22 Edanthura.__. TMT 148 OSGtANS een ie ate 23 linearis. 149 eye a AMIR IE EU GT DOM SOU arnt 76 Hgenolfia sinensis._% 173 Chilomycterus atinga............-...----- 32 Hleotris amblyopsis.._______________. 32 chase 19, 22, 26, 32, 34 Eleutherodactylus abbotti__.._._____. 93 BROT Means 166 Hlops;saurus!) 00 ee 20, 28 FSS FF 75 SAANRaML MOLAD ANH ORR 16g. Bmpicoris. eee 161, 162 Chlorichthys bifasciatus................-. 31 Empi tials feape parconensencsnuacancazes 163 Chloris luetzelburgii.......------.-. 197 mpidonax nemoralis.__._._.......-..- 63 Ghloronemess ee 201 Enneacanthus gloriosus.................. 13, 18 Chloroscombrus chrysurus.............. 21,30 Entotriceus 144 Chrosomus erythrogaster............-..- g Eoteredo_______... Sree 98 PE AU OU M NEL AMEN EN: 9 _ _ philippinensis___._______________. 98 Cleomella stenosperma...................- 182 Hpialtus crenulatus...._______... 71 Chiarella ia Ua eS 152 elongata aaa arate 72 elegans oe 153 hiltoni_ 72 Cnemidophorus tessellatus_...........-- 85 kingsleyi_._..___-___.-.-- 71 Cochran, Doris M. Two New panamensIs.._..--..-..---.----.----.- 73 Species of Calamaria from |e ballet Ra agence oS 72 15 YW UHURU Mc: hell a 91-92 portoricensis___._._.._..._......--.. 72 — A New Species of Eleu- _Tubellula__.. 73 therodactylus from the Do- Eptesicus fuscus.— 134 minican Republic... 93-94 Hrichsonella pseudoculata._.._____. 154 Gasntaeeda ene 99 Erigeron seneciiformis.................... 51 Condylura cristata..........---------------«« 128 Hrimyzon oblongatus............_..... 12 Cordia megalantha.......... 200 Hriogonum commixtum................ 181 Cory cea edt ten ane Gag 161-162 @ XU — n-ne ene en nee 181 Cottus bairdioo. oa) OTs 14, 19, 26 rubricaule________.__-__.--._.-. 181 Coville, F. V. The Effect of Alu- sericoleucum...... --- 182 minum Sulphate on Rhodo- Hsox americanus.....---------------------- 17, 29 dendron Seedlings............-.-.---- Vili tridecemlineatus.__....-.---.---- 17, 29 Cracsilabrome i Wl. ou See 76 vermiculatus.—.......------------- 25 Crotaphytus baileyi a iid uae Ll 83 Etheostoma blennioides ete lal tee iy 18, 24 Crystallaria asprella............-.---------- 24 Eucentrarchus macropterus...........- 18, 21, 30 Cynoscion NeEbUloOsus eee 31 Eucinetops panamenslis..____......--_... Tle) Tepalisy NC eine Wr ee Me 92 rubellula.. 20000 eee 73 Cyphonochelts ees 77 Hucinostomus harengulus................ 30 Cypracw dal en i 199 EHulamia commersoni............... 27 heale yi. ce Oa ns 199 Buphyllon.......... cyorececesecnstecnanenne 76 BOR LER un 199 Eupomotis holbrookii................-... 30 SEL MG th ADORE I 199 Exoglossum maxilingua._................ 12 Cyprinodon variegatus...........--------- 18,29,33 #xosphaeroma aphrodita....._....... 149 D F Hawartiaw iio.) ee oh ae 76 Dalapseudes...__......-...---------------------- 147 Felisidomestica..o ew eee 121 pedispinis._...........-....------------ 147... Biber macrodon...... 2 eee 116 Dall, W. H. Some Unrecorded orneria: 0.0060 ih sa 76 Names in the Muricidae.______. 75-78 Fowler, Henry W. Records of Dasyatis sabina. ee 28 Fishes for the Southern States 7-34 Desmoxytes.._....-.----------------------------- 165 Frasera induta. 0 0 ee 183 conigen (Ue UN 165 Fundulus catenatus 13, 24 Didelphis virginiana..___....--.-.--.-.---- 105 cebrysotus...1.).2 eee 29 Diploiulus africanus....-.....--...----.---- 191 goodei.s.. 4.2.00 es 29 coeruleocinctus..............--.---- 192 orev. 14) 0 ee ee 29 WS CUS EE ee eI 192 heteroclitus.............022.--.-------- 17, 21 Dipodomys baileyi. PA IMAL SAAR 140 majalig.0o iu oe is eaten 21, 29 sonoriensis....................-----.-- 139 MOGI Ne eae zy gomaticus...........-.---_.---.... 140 pulvereus3)..20 33. Dodecatheon watsoni___.__.._.._.......... 183 Stmanlisi. ie le 29 Dominicodesmus.............-._...------ 189 stellitier..c30.0).4 bs ea 26 geophilus._....._.....-.......----..... 189 Dorosoma cepedianum..__.............. 28 G Dromia dehaani_............_---....----_---- 67, 68 GO ETT Ne a OE ANI On 65 Galeichthys felis__..............------------ 28 Dromidiopsis dormia........___.......-- 67 Gambusia. affinis..............--..---------- 18, 29 Dryopteris leucolepis..........-.......--.-- 172 Garrupa Digrita.._..-2---eeeteceeeeeenne 21 mollicella.................---.-...-.--..- 49 Gerres olisthostomus......_..__........... 30 ORM bal os Be CRs SAO 171 Ginglymostoma cirratum.............-.. 27 BEIT Ais oh ee NNN patel 170 Glaucomys volans.____...............---..-. 112 transversaria. ew 170 Gobiesox strumosus..............-.--..-...-. 22 Duleichthys subligarius.................. 30 Gobiosoma, bOSC..........-.-.--c0.0-n0-----00 34 SS BXtECIICOS taco r Seok fe Index. 205 Goldman, E. A. Symposium on J Geographical Distribution at the Cambridge Meeting of the } 4675 0) P Eee Rename D See tr tee CO i its 76 J NEA AAS ee nO Rare SIO vii The Deer of the Grand L Canyon National Game Pre- BETVE. —_.._-..-- srenennncnnenennaanna neces Xx lLachnolaimus maximus....-............. 31 Observation of a Cali- . Lactophrys tricornis.... 0. 32 fornia, Condor. oo. xi trigonus 32 Three New Kangaroo Rats frigupterc/ co ae 32 of the Genus Dipodomys.......- 139-142 LaForge, Lawrence. The Physio- Goldman, E. A. See Nelson and graphic Relations of the Goldman Swamp Deposit..................-..--/ ix Gracillipurpurea.__............-... ranenenone 76 Lagodon rhomboides......._._.... 19, 22, 30 Greeley, W. B. The Relation of Lamprothyrsus peruvianus............ 195 National Forest Management Lasionycteris noctivagans.............. 134 SV ea x Leiostomus xanthurus...................... 14, 22, 34 Groteinae.____-__._--------------------------+ 201 Tepisosteus osseus..... Gymnocoronis sessilis.___............... 179 platostomus tristcechus............-.. H Lepomis, suriius: 222531 ATICISOT Ss 2220s real Pe Wladrocraniel las ee 163 mepralotisn jae Leoni ” 24 Hadropterus aspro..........-......----------- 13 UNC hApUL ee 30 Oye 15 0s I a Ne OO 18 Leptecheneis naucrates.................... 32 Hemulon flavolineatum.................. 30) Beptops olivaris: yo) 9 5 Lag Ea os AS os Oe ES 22 Leuciscus vandoisulus._................. 10, 16, 23 GLIA CEL et Ot eee ane ger 22,30 # Lillie, F. R. The Problem of the Fo lichceres bivithatus PEK Sieh aN 31 Sex Hormones................---------- viii SEPIA ED LTS ee AS eS 31 Lincoln, Frederick C. Notes on AP TE LO TL COSTS AEA Mae re ie 31 Returns from Banded Birds.. xi TE UPED SUV a ec AE AS ae 76 A Note on the Food Habits Harengula pensacolae...................... 28 of the Sharp-tailed Grouse Meaustelloty pis: et 7h (Pedioecetes p. campestris)... 200 PAIS DELNETN eie elli e 76 Lobotes surinamensis...................... 30 Hepatus GRenUen ss utiee to ii 31 Lophidium dichotomum................. 170 Heterandria formosa..................--.--- 29 Lucania venusta.___..........-...---....---- 29, 33 HICCETOPUrpUTa:-...... 2 -c---2.-201--5--2 “oy ) lautjanus eriseusy22 2 222! o eee 30 JB G3 (a) Cee as ee We ee 76 BY DARTIS? te cme ale 30 LEIP a rie Dee a ee 161,162 Lutra canadensis.._.......................-- 125 LET naj Hoo) Tots ae a a 77 Lutreola lutreocephala................. 125 MEISE TIO WISETO oan nat ebeeeenes SPAM Bsa ir 00 86 PR oO Mn A EL SRR 121 Hitchcock, A. S. New Species of Ioyvropunpuras Une Ne ee 76 Grasses from South America.. 195-198 MGSO y POIs eee a ee 77 Holacanthus tricolor.......................- 31 Hfomalocamthas. . et 76 M Hopkins, 2. 2 Nate on Belled UFKeY DUZZATOS...---------------<0- x Malacanthus plumieri.................... 32 Howard, L.O. A New Case of Malloch, J. R. See McAtee and Phoresie between a Procto- Malloch. trypid Parasite and a Coreid .. Mann, Albert. The Remarkable |e rane Speeas BeRich ocr riage vu Fresh Water Diatom Flora A New Biological Society, from the Swamp Deposit, and the Japanese Beetle Club of My ite emifeance: wi ix Riverton, N. J.._.__-..........--. --° vill The Usefulness of Diatoms x A Recent Visit to Certain Mapo soporator 32 European Centers..................-- MSWMM TURN ts te oO aoc 77 Note on a Lecture on Me- Maha igen ule ees abet 111 tallic Colors by Prof. Wilder . Maxon, William R. A New Dry- LE.) re x1 opteris from Dominica..........-. 49-50 Howell, A. Brazier. Descriptions Occasional Notes on Old of two_new Rodents of the World Ferns, — 169-178 Genus Phenacomys................. 157-158 MecAtee, W. L. A New Species Hybognathus argy i ea eR 4 1 of Otiocerus (Homoptera: Hybopsis amblops Malgoridae) x: 2.2 22 ee 45-48 McAtee, W. L., and J. R. Malloch. Further Notes on Names of Emesinae and other Rhyn- (Chavoy if: med eke ec MRNA ee TRECs cen a 161-164 Geoch McClure, F. A. Observations of ypohomus aurantiacus.__............. 13 a Plant Collector on the Is- Hyporhamphus roberti.................... 29 Meech isin ea ix Hypsoblennius hentz.___...............-- 22 Megalops atlanticus..................------ 28 WEEMIGIS THETIC. 2 acate noone nnccssese 18 I Menticirrhus americanus.............--- 22 MGtOrelis.s oe Bae 22 {chthyomyzon concolor.................- 23. Wihephitisi putida... o0e.2 2 ee 124 Ictalurus punctatus.......................... 9 Merriam, C. The Cats of ’ 76 Rancho} la Brea: su ix 206 Microgobius gulosus.............--.-......- 34 Micropogon undulatus................... 3l, a Micropterus dolomieu__...............- salmoides..........-- » 13, 18521, 24, 80 Microsorex winnemana.......-....-..--- Microspathodon chrysurus..._......... aay Microtus pennsylvanicus................ 116 scalopsoides.._.........------.-.----- 117 Mimus tricosus.__............022-22----..--- 145 Minyterema melanops...................- 17 Mollienisia latipinna................_.... 21, 29 Monacanthus ciliatus..-.....-.-....------- 31 Inaspond uss oes a O 31 Morone americana..........------------------ Moxostoma aureolum.................... HEL vale Bae brevicepaiaycoy asl ee CEVA Ye oc 13, 17 collapsums Melon eae if crassilaores.) Qin ar heals 17 lachrymales. ee 17 TObUStUM. ee 17 Mugil cephalus CUneMIa 2 ee LaOE Raa weil Muricanthus IMitiricrdle ag oN Wu SN UND Na Mus musculus... 2202) Mustela noveboracensis Myotis lucifugus..-_.......02...........-.--.- E370 : subulatus. 2 es 137 \epbouoveroarey fz pen eun penis ta i) 138 Mystriophis intertinctus.............. 23 N INaique tian 2 uso) UN ie An eee 76 Narcine brasiliensis.................-...._- 28 Nelson, EH. W., and BE. A. Goldman. A New Pocket Mouse from Lower California...................... 159-160 Neotoma pennsylvanica........._..... 115 INGtOtered Oy! eee eee ES 0 100 Notropis altipinnis._.....-.----_.... 16 Fh ani(o <3 0110 ks Wenn Dantes RA UI SCTE Sek 11 analostanus..........-...-..--_.------. 11 ATASNS Hs. UMA AN Ms eta 8 11, 23 atherinoides...........---22---------- 11 Crerullensel 2) sa Massie yale 25 Calliistirsiy ean eee he 25 COTASINUS 482 Ui eee eee 10 chaliticush eae Nee Caen) 16 chlorocephalus..____................ 16 chrosomus:2 ee ee a 25 coccogenis..........------..---------- 11, 16, 23 COPRUUS Ie ee aad a oe 10, 16, 23 Geliciosus 4A os 10 galacturus: 2000 10, 16, 23 I aioio [stoy oh bts jue maeemnieeN eC 10 Jacertosusie x7 u Ua ace 10 Ti gb r= reve MOlnyiniey Wen seen) MEA UO gS 25 longicepsi 2 so NR 10, 16, 23 diciod us 22s aaa 11, 16, 23 TNT CTOP LCT YK en alae 11, 23 MIVEUS Sys a Me 16 Photogemign Oe oe « 11 pyrrhomelas...................---..-. 16 rubricroceus....-2..2-20 11 saludanus: aw) Sais eae 16 Scabriceps: s/o i 11 spectrunculus..__......---.---.... 10, 16 Stibbiusau Wis kii ea ewe ay stigmaturus.200 telescopus..-....0.0202 22. coeoe 11, 17, 23 Nyidavvgoy 0) bb ines de uu MMneMiMIN CRN yh xeenocephalus..........-...-.-------- a Nycteris borealis...........--.-.-...-...----- 132 CINEREA clay VN Lee 132 Nycticeius humeralis.................------- 135 Nycticryphes.__...200000000002000002 143 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. Oo Oberholser, Harry C. Notes on Birds of the District of Co- hum biases ka ye Chloronerpes Swainson versus Piculus Spix.___............. Ocinebrellus..2 a ee Ocinebrina!! a es Oligoplites saurus__........0...-----.-------- Oncocephalus vespertilio..__.........-- Ophioglossum angustatum_.......____. Ophyiulus pilosus.____...-...-.-..--------- Opsanus tau) eee Oris 22 ea ER ee Orthopristis chrysopterus................ Orthunga bivittata...............---- Osborn, H. F. Publication Stan- dards in Vertebrate Palaeon- tolo degeerti, 6. ee TE ey CUTAN UAT a schellenbergii.___.............------- signoretie 2) ae ieee Stoll ee P Pack, H. J. Food Habits of Calli- saurus ventralis ventralis (Hallowell) 20) Jou, nus Food Habits of Crota- Daye collaris baileyi (Stejne- o The Food Habits of Cnemi- dophorus tessellatus tessella- tus, (Say) 22.0 ae ieee Palmer, T. S. Death of B. 8. OPHOW 2.3 ieee Paralichthys dentatus................----- lethostigmus...............-...------ Paziella: ih Vali Sosa i nn eae Pedioecetes campestris..............--- Penard, T. E. Status of Sper- mophila schistacea Lawrence New Flycatcher from Percina caprodes -._.......-....-2--------- Perognathus albulus.._____...........- Peromyscus noveboracensis..........- Peteria nevadensis......-...........-.-.---- Peters, James L. See Wetmore and Peters. Phenacobius catostomus............----- teretulus 28802 Urano ps..32ii i) aes Phycis floridianus...........-..-..----------- Bhyllonotus: 20a) eae Piculst: 2/203 ie 0a aa eT erate se ee Ne tea a allophylus ais eines auniculanise 0 Uae 83-84 eS et a te ee ee Oe Le eee Index. Piculus buenavistae.............-....------- 202 allowMterus. 202s ce AN 201 CAMIGIELIS 2 oooh Sees 202 CHOISUTABUIBL | 2 cock 202 ehiyeochloros...0 oe. 202 Ghrysogaster.2.i hes 202 PCOS GUIS els cook on Le 202 BEVRNTODIS! Ooi. 2c... eee 202 PPA VAGTUUNIS eset 3) 202 Bett eer est ee 2 202 leucolaemuss <2 lek. 202 TERCERA a a 202 SEO ETT O16 LS ee ee a A va ee 202 MMETICCUISIS) 2. 2a 202 ROT SONS Bee ee eee 202 TULIP IMOSUS seo 202 MUbripeus, 2208-0 202 Bimiplexe ecm TL ne 202 tobagensis.... 202 EIN IGa bse oe 202 biweumamiise 2 yo! la 202 WTOP VEIans le as 202 xanthochlorus................--.--- 202 yucatanensis.................-.---.--- 202 Pimephales notatus..............--...------- 10 Pipistrellus obscurus...............-...----- 136 - UDELL eh UE a ee coe 136 Platophrys ocellatus....................--.. 32 Peecilichthys coeruleus...................- LST eee Tes OR eee TMACUlaLUS! 2 TIVE A LUBY. fe TTA eee 2 ala ce reniTre yan we ee Polyodon spathula._...................-.--- Pomacanthus parv.w i... IPomotis S1bDOSU6 oe ne cebecn Pomoxis sparoides....................------ IEORODGETOM cr Priacanthus arenatus Prionotus punctatus...................-.... SUMMA EUS. pe ce TSLLOASI A OTS} IAA ae PEPOCUOTINGUOL! ok we ee Pseuderanthemum adenocarpum _. 200 tetrasepalum.___.....__.......-_.... 200 Pseudomonacanthus amphioxys.... 31 IPseuicomilnext os 76 Pseudopareas atypicus.................... 188 BOMOZASTOR se 188 EERE TS as Ra Sg 187 SPY) co 1 A 188 Pseudoscarus guacamaia..............--- 31 Merenoenens 2 77 [PASTY OPSNO TTS ee 77 PPCCTOWUTPUIT S022. 12---2-contctecevero-tonbe 76 PPETOUU MIS eo 77 [20 SS ee 76 FEsirireliviges ne ei 77 Pycnonotus hoyi........................------ 193 R Rathbun, Mary J. An Analysis of “Dromia dormia (Lin- IOS noire oo. i le: 65-70 New Speecis of American MDIGEIBO TADS 282 8 71-74 Rattus alexandrinus.......................- 114 Piva) yep ta AT AN Nae 113 CELA COO 0) SR ene ce roe 113 Reed, C. A. Biological Observa- ionsmC mia 1x Reinhard, E. J. Notes on the Life History and Habits of the Solitary Wasp, Philanthus Mb DOSUS ee tr NL vii Reithrodontomys impiger............... Rhinichthys atronasus.................. 12, 17, 25 cataractae:c..) ot eee 12 Rhinoptera bonasus...._.............--..-- 15 Riley, J. H. Description of a New Pycnonotus from China 193-194 Rissola marginata.__.--.----------a--- 23 Rypticus bistrispinis....................... 22 Salvelinus fontinalis._...................... 9 Scalopus aquaticus.............-..........- Schilbeodes gyrinus...._..................- 28 Scizenops ocellatus.__......._...._.-.--2. Sciurus carolinensis_..._.................. meglectie iA eer si Senecio malmstenii Seserinus parus:..000) oes oo a Shantz, H. L. Plant and Animal Make mvAtrteE ese einen a uno Vill Shufeldt, R. W. Work of the British Royal Society for the Protection of Birds, and Exhi- bition of J. A. Leach’s ‘‘Aus- tralian Nature Studies’’.......... Vili — Note on ‘‘Nature Maga- CAS) MAE A AAU ROC Uy BNA ay DEN iO ta 1x - Exhibition of a Squalling By bu Ubinecey eR WA a ie ew RUA lle Laan Dy ix Exhibition of Lantern Slides of a Gorilla in the Na- tional Musewmil x Signalosa mexicana......................---- 28 Smith, H. M. Flowering of Cercis viii Sorex ontinalisi | i ae 131 longirostris.2 a is 130 Spaulding, Perley. The Biology Of Linus) strobusie ee ee viii SpPUYy TMs MRO. 2k A aS 28 Sporophila arthuri__.........-.-.---_-- 60 IMtETMe da! la 59 BehIstaceae ule Ee 60 Stenomionp helio 0 oor eee ey 199 Stenotomus chrysops.....................--- 22 Stigmatura inzonata___._.............-....- 143 Stiles, W. Brother Bryan’s Revolution against Evolution 1x Underground Movements Ol Bacteria ween Uy lies oe xi Stipa featherstonei......................... 196 macbriden ow ee 197 Stizostedion vitreum....................---- 18 Sirongylura Marina. ve 29 AO GE Gates es ee a 29 Sylvilagus mallurus..._..................... 120 transitionalis: 20s 120 Symphurus plagiusa..._.................. 19, 32, 34 Synaptomys cooperi..............-.---.---- 118 Symodus foetenst:) sh 15, 21, 28 T ANSLEY DOs ee Levee ee eas ee Jit Were MUTIS CUB Be ae coast eo. 110 Tectaria guadichaudii._................... 173 rer ey CL) of 1 C1 ee De oe 176 Setehevlineco oh hee ce cartes 174 BUCHEMSI 2 175 1c} EROWU AD) Wi: RSet io ORONO eM oe Be 174 peers 208 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington. (0) Fe} 15 La NORE SUA UREN mindanensis....................-..--- Thyreocorisn. 2 a as Tidestrom, Ivar. New or Note- worthy Species of Plants from Utah and Nevada..............-..-.- 18 Todd, W. E. Clyde. A Synopsis of the Genus Arremonops.... Trachinotus carolinus.....................- DIES WICCREYL DFS UNION NAN EUS Saat USS Fol HOC) {SHRM aN SINE CN Ue Trichiurus lepturus................-...------ Dridenmmulay ew ae Sealant PPrigono typ lise ess el a ee Mritonalia i ey Le Ne ee alae ay ADS yao dnd ye Ode WB yo at se al Pyphisala Aes ee Ty PWisOpSsissne i ihe net Naa Ulocentra stigmea...............------------- Umibra; pyemeay seis oe Urobatis'sloant ee Urocyon cinereoargentatus.............. Vv Verma kendalln 2) eee Viereck, Henry L. Groteinae a New Subfamily._.._......00-..-- Witla ria eel) ANS an veil Vomer setapinnis.._........2-..-2-----2------- Wrlpes fullwiisei 10 Ww Waite, M. B. An Article in the Geographical Journal on the Ascent of Mt. Kilimanjaro.... Walcott, Mrs.C. D. Wild Flowers of the Canadian Rockies........ Wentworth, C. K. The Geologic Relations fof a local fossil swamp site]...................--.-.----- we Wetmore, Alexander, and James L. Peters. New Genera and Subspecies based on Argen- tine, Birds) eee Wherry, E. T. Studies of Plant Distribution in Relation to Soil Acidity2) 2-2) ees Zapus americanus............----.-----.----- Zopoteredo...................-....scccsceeeeeeeeene 1x 143-146 ~*~ o ie errr, a r | PAW - ! = ; | A : - Y al AAAAAAA AY a anes ny a .\ al \am\\P IANA WANAI-AN AWA) AW YN \ \ \ a ‘ \ a | =, ' n\n |! me || | oe oe =\\ |e \ | | \ \ \ . t i . } \ Vaal Ay Fn VE ) \ \\" ) Al " pa rs - \ — al alainiaiA Ws !! j / y al EX \ ox gs \ F- iAIZNIDAS \ = // i \ \ / | = Y 1 \ — — } ~) ‘ rs | / = / - 1 = > \ Hf a NT: Nga || 2 \) ES - MANE Vii Mf \If / = } } \ \ \ RAR! AN / 4 if W/ |), W | = —.\ ~~) [ . / | ga! dX! } | —~\ > a VY ame E - (gm | i/ = me \ L—\ f / Vn f a / Leif i f YN ‘a 1 » Wi am Za Al | : j IW ( } Pr | AIP AY Vay har \ or a Y wt a \; 7 _.¥ >| . y I f . I i \ ; | oY on j ay \¥ oY “y | \ f j a ' a\ en ee | Ton | A 7 \ ‘ | \ | Bi e f 4 } | \ { } Nf | | } \ \ a | f ’ ‘ { H Y i | \ \ \! i 4 H i i } ALA AA Y AY im ’ \ Ay Py / y f_\ | ' A ‘ ! y r | \ y | Ai } | ANARIAAAAAAAANANAAWAN A Caan aaA aa ann wwe Aaa VY S (CO 1a Wh) Meneses I \) | \) \ 4 | ans | | f \ AR - = \ = VN NA a, ala | f | | y | | | } y = Mf AA | a | S\N ND a VY 14 \| : ' 1 | | : | » | an) on | \ \/ \ \ \ \/ ] } we \ »| é i | : ¥ \ AA AAR \ARARARA AA AA PP rece a Ane AA | lal AAI ‘AA x) a) _ |! \ Wn \) | \} , a ! f)| \ gm, ||" jj \\ gm! em mn \ \ on ly mm! / = y \| e ty /, pr\ Z| EX (A FS Y f- : \"/ \ me = ~~. \ / y ~ if . = = _ f “ " = i i / Y/ y ' 4 ae - Zz — If f } 7 . \ oo lf Pw\\\/ am if | 3 VIPS | W/ - NA A'/ la; WOW AAA — |} ] \ Gan ~ bs . | | a rN ! 2 | a!) onli \ if Zz S | \ a |!) le / | | \ || f y | M . lala am |I/ pa Be LZ : a) KZ ) = | I f y Fe (Ue 4 ' g : e p y } > > Vy | q y \ a = Vy y ) Vi j | vt a? Aaa ahy \ f \ \ .\| | Vy } a | » | \ | | i ‘ mR AAL AA ah WAVAIAIA Alla A A AA AAA NAARAARARAR AAA AWA A\A\..\\.\ f i | / f ‘ | Fa PALE \\/ 1 las f y V \\ ! A i f -~ \ VN ; : NVA Nf <\ iA \y tN i aarAAAAAAnnnn An Prana AAAAAAAAD AAA AA } a! Vf A fp | p \\ P f = la | ~N | = f f £ ; yy \ VAI ANAAAARAAANARRAMAARAAAA AAA MANA ANCA aR AR RAR AR | AAR PRRRARRARR AA AAAI AAA) AAAAA AA alalel@liAry \\\_Y\al A\ AANANAANAAYAYAAY Son A RAARAA PRAEARARAAREA AAR RARAARAARE CA AAA AAAR AAA) | \ lA\ VV AIA AIA la lal VYY VY) en, / | ViAA = / y & = \i) } f ‘| YN ~l \} | | \ \ \ \) a lp “\ if | | \'9 oN ly \f \/ j > , 3 - - x a oN\'IN | i | a | ae Y We : e \ 4 \ ‘| \ NP ONE | \Ia\ \ \ | ] NY \ \ | ih. B») » > » y > , >»? I >>* ) wD) >>». S»>; » ») 3 SDPP>» > PD» 3 p> DD > >s >» D> D> >>> > 33 — 33: D> ID? ps 33 a PD PD >>> = + ») pd >» >> Ee D2 py) >» ~S > Dd py». >» » >>> » DP 5 > me D a 2» »2 >») > : 3 SS »»Y DD) >» 22 > oR de >»: >) > »» $3 > S >. D»* yD) >» > DP) D> : >> ) SD 3 2 Dyy_Dd » ? Say > ») | >» Day) > yD) IEP D>) Ba. Dy» wD» DD) Spb > DD >) DDD a >) > DDs my )) YD DID DWM F > , ») >») DDI F Dy a 22 DPI» oy 2». 5) DP) > > Ww Ss | DD») BW od» 2 » DIDS > » J »)D»>! >a 2 . >) DY») Doe 3 >. Dy) S yy J » yd > > Dy 35> - >. >) \ yd > > >. Jy» ») 5 >»») pp) 2. BD») > BD. PP ) $3 3 + ») } » )) DP . Pp» D_ p>» D>. >» ) > 2» IP PD 4 » »: ZS PFS 3 »p 2 | >») PP -- _e > D> DD > 2D 2 ay » » Jy » » —* D)) 2». J »)) 2» 22. D, 2» 2 »2> a ca 3 9088 01 205 168